(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE CATALOG 

1997-1998 




Lebanon Valley College 
of Pennsylvania 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2011 with funding from 

LYRASIS IVIembers and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/lebanonvalley199798leba 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Profile of Lebanon Valley College 2 

Mission of Lebanon Valley College 3 

Undergraduate Information 

Admissions 4 

Continuing Education 5 

Undergraduate Academic Regulations and Procedures 7 

Degrees 7 

Graduation Requirements 8 

Non-traditional Credit 13 

Grading System 14 

Undergraduate Academic Programs 19 

General Education 19 

Cooperative Programs 23 

Pre-Professional Programs 24 

Individualized Major 25 

Internships 25 

Independent Study 26 

Tutorial Study 26 

Special Topics Courses 26 

Study Abroad 27 

Undergraduate Departments 28 

Graduate Academic Programs 129 

Directory 140 

Board of Trustees 140 

Administration 144 

Faculty 151 

Support Staff 165 

Awards 166 

Accreditation 167 

Campus Map 168 

Phone Numbers 171 

1997 - 1998 Academic Calendar 172 



LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE 

Founded: 1866, as a private coeducational institution on the site of the Annville Academy. 
Became a four-year institution by 1883 as the lower grades were phased out. 

Curriculum: a four-year program of study in the liberal arts with an academic year 
comprised of fall and spring semesters and an optional summer term. 

Degrees granted: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Associate of 
Arts, Associate of Science, Master of Business Administration, Master of Science Education. 

Major flelds of study: accounting, actuarial science, American studies, applied computer 
science, biochemistry, biology, business, chemistry, computer science, economics, elemen- 
tary education, English, French, German, health care management, history, hotel management, 
international business, mathematics, medical technology, music, music education, music 
technology, philosophy, physics, political science, psychobiology, psychology, religion, 
sociology, Spanish. 

Special programs: military science (ROTC), secondary education certification; in coopera- 
tion with Thomas Jefferson University: cytotechnology, cytogenetics, diagnostic imaging, 
nursing, occupational therapy, physical therapy; in cooperation with University of Pennsyl- 
vania, Case Western Reserve University, and Widener University: engineering; in cooperation 
with Duke University: forestry, environmental sciences; in cooperation with approved 
hospitals: medical technology. 

Special options: departmental honors, double majors, independent study, individualized 
majors, internships, tutorial study, study abroad, Washington semester program. 

Number of faculty: 77; of the permanent faculty 80 percent have earned a Ph.D. or 
equivalent terminal degree. 

Student-faculty ratio: 16:1, with an average class size of 20. 

Location: Annville, founded in 1799, is a small town of approximately 5,000 people located 
in south central Pennsylvania. Driving times: Hershey, 10 minutes; Harrisburg, 1/2 hour; 
Baltimore, 2 hours; Philadelphia, 2 hours; New York, 3 hours; Washington, D.C., 3 hours. 

Size of campus: 30 buildings. The library contains over 172,000 catalog items, and the 
college provides students with access to 200 personal computers. The sports center is 
nationally recognized for its water fitness program. 

Residence halls: Thirteen residence halls housing 915 students in male, female and coed 
facilities. 

Student enrollment: 1182 full-time undergraduate students, with 500 part-time under- 
graduates and 197 graduate students. 

Student financial aid: approximately 87 percent receive financial aid in the form of grants. 
Total financial aid in the form of LVC grant and academic scholarships for 1997 was 
$6,530,961. The average grant and scholarship totaled $6,719. 



THE MISSION OF THE COLLEGE 

Lebanon Valley is a small, private, liberal arts college. Its mission arises directly from its 
historical traditions and a relationship with the United Methodist Church. 

The College's aim is to enable our students to become people of broad vision, capable of 
making informed decisions, and prepared for a life of service to others. To that end we seek 
to provide an education that helps students to acquire the knowledge, skills, attitudes, and 
values necessary to live and work in a changing, diverse, and fragile world. 

Through both curricular and co-curricular activities we endeavor to acquaint our students 
with humanity's most significant ideas and accomplishments, to develop their abilities to 
think logically and communicate clearly, to give them practice in precise analysis and 
effective performance, and to enhance their sensitivity to and appreciation of differences 
among human beings. 



Lebanon Valley College aspires to pursue this mission within a community in which caring 
and concern for others is a core value. We value strong and nurturing faculty interacting 
closely with students; encourage individual student development; and affirm the interrelat- 
edness of liberal learning and the ideal of vocation. We regard the cultivation of wisdom, that 
is the capacity of judging rightly in manners of life and conduct, and a life-long love of 
learning as the ultimate rewards of the educational experience. 

The motto of the college is, "You shall know the truth and the truth shall set you free" 

(John 8:32). 




President G. David Pol lick meets with students for an informal discussion. 



UNDERGRADUATE INFORMATION 

Admission For Full Time Students 
High School Preparation 

All admission candidates should have completed 16 credit units and graduated from an 
accredited secondary school, or present an equivalency certificate (G.E.D.). Of the 16 units, 
4 should be in English, 2 in foreign language, 2 in mathematics, 1 in science and 1 in social 
studies. 

Application Procedure 

A candidate for admission to Lebanon Valley College must submit a completed application 
form with the required application fee, Scholastic Aptitude or American College Test results 
and an official transcript of high school grades. Students planning to transfer to Lebanon 
Valley must submit official transcripts of completed college or university work. 

All candidates are encouraged to visit campus for a personal interview. Applicants for 
admission into music, music education or music technology programs are required to 
audition on campus; audition applications are available from the Admission Office. For 
further information contact: 

Admission Office 

Lebanon Valley College 

101 North College Avenue 

Annville, PA 17003-0501 

Phone: (717) 867-6 1 8 1 or (800) 445-6 181 

FAX: (717) 867-6026 

Internet: http://www.lvc.edu 

E-mail: admiss@lvc.edu 
Student Finances 

Payment for tuition, room, board, and other charges is due by a published deadline prior to 
the beginning of each semester. Students failing to meet this deadline will be required to make 
special arrangements with the Business Office before their course registrations will be 
processed. Questions about student finances should be addressed to the Business Office. 

Refund Policy 

Full-time students withdrawing from the school will receive a refund prorated according to 

the following schedule: 

Time Period Refund 

During the first week of classes 100% 

During the second week of classes 90% 

During the third and fourth week of classes 50% 

During the fifth through eighth week of classes 25% 



After the eighth week of classes NO REFUND 

Comprehensive Fee: non-refundable 
Room charges: non-refundable 
Board charges: prorated refund 

A $100 Administrative Fee will be assessed for withdrawals after the first week of class. 

Part-time students should consult the refund schedule published by the Continuing Educa- 
tion Office. 

Refund Policy During First Semester 

A student who is attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time will receive a refund 
according to the federal policy established by the Higher Education Amendments of 1992. 
The pro-rata refund policy applies to new students whose date of withdraw is within the first 
60 percent of the semester for which the student has been billed. This refund policy allows 
for a refund of tuition, fees, room and board for the portion of the semester for which the 
student has been charged that remains in this period but for which the student will not be 
enrolled. A copy of the federal pro-rata refund policy is on file in the Financial Aid Office. 

Alternative Payment Plan 

Lebanon Valley College offers a payment plan for those families who. after exploring other 
options, prefer to spread payments over a 10-month period. Two agents have been appointed 
to process deferred payment applications: 

Knight College Resource Group EduServ Tuition Installment Plan 

855 Boylston Street EduServ Technologies, Inc. 

Boston, MA 02 1 1 6 P.O. Box 30 1 1 

Phone: 1 -800-225-6783 Winston-Salem, NC 27 1 02-30 1 1 

Phone: 1-800-851-4770 

The college has no financial interest in either of these plans and offers them as a convenience 
to students and parents. 

Continuing Education Office 
Students may enroll part-time at Lebanon Valley College through Continuing Education. 
Students are considered part-time if they are enrolled for 0-11 credit hours per semester. 
The Continuing Education Office offers credit programs on four levels: certitlcate. associate, 
baccalaureate, and diploma. Certitlcates are starter programs that approximate the beginning 
of a four-year college experience, ideal spring-boards from which to go on for an associate 
or bachelor's degree. Diploma programs are intended for persons who ha\e already been 
awarded a bachelor" s degree in one discipline and desire to study another discipline in some 
depth. 

A second bachelor's degree may be awarded to adult students who already have recei\ ed a 
bachelor of aits or sciences from Lebanon Valley or another accredited college or university. 

5 




Continuing education courses are offered in Annville and through the Lancaster Center. 



In such cases, students must only complete the major requirements for the second degree or 
a minimum of 30 credits, whichever is greater. 

Courses taught through Continuing Education are offered during evenings, weekend and 
summer sessions on the main campus in Annville and through our Lancaster Center on the 
Franklin & Marshall College Campus. The Continuing Education Office publishes course 
schedules for the fall, spring and sunmier sessions. To obtain copies of course schedules or 
get detailed information on all academic programs for adults call 7 17-867-62 1 3 in Annville 
or 717-399^419 in Lancaster or write Continuing Education Office, Lebanon Valley 
College, Annville, PA 17003-0501. 



A candidate for admission to any of Lebanon Valley College' s Continuing Education degree 
programs must submit a completed application form with the required application fee. An 
official high school transcript is required if students have less than 24 semester hours of 
transferable college credits. Students planning to transfer to Lebanon Valley must submit 
official transcripts of any completed college or university courses. Official transcripts 
relating to military or business courses also may prove to be useful. Although students may 
begin taking classes before they have been accepted, they must speak with a counselor before 
registering for courses. To arrange an admission interview with a counselor call 717-867- 
6213 in Annville or 717-399^419 in Lancaster. Decisions on all adult student applications 
usually are made within one month after the last required transcript is received. 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES 

Attendance at Lebanon Valley College is a privilege, not a right. To provide the necessary 
atmosphere in which teaching and learning can occur, the college expects that the conduct 
of all campus citizens will conform to accepted standards. The college has the right to require 
the withdrawal of any student whose actions are inimical to the purposes of the institution. 
The following academic regulations are announcements and do not constitute a contract 
between the student and the college. The college reserves the right to change these regulations 
and procedures as it deems necessary for the accomplishment of its purposes, but wherever 
possible, a student will proceed to graduation under the regulations in effect at the time of his/ 
her entrance at the college. 

Degrees 
Baccalaureate Degrees 

Lebanon Valley College confers five baccalaureate degrees. Bachelor of Arts for students 
completing requirements in the following major programs: American studies, economics, 
English, French, German, history, music, philosophy, political science, psychology, religion, 
sociology, Spanish and certain individualized majors. 

Bachelor of Science for students completing requirements in the following major programs: 
accounting, actuarial science, biochemistry, biology, business administration, chemistry, 
computer information systems, computer science, cooperative engmeering. cooperative 
forestry, elementary education, health care management, hotel management, international 
business, mathematics, music education, physics, psychobiology, and certain individualized 
majors. Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology, and 
Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology for students completing 
requirements for the appropriate major program. 

Associate Degrees 

Through the Continuing Education Office part-time students may earn the Associate of 
Science degree in accounting, general studies or management, or the Associate of Arts degree 
in general studies. 

Privacy of Student Records 
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 is a federal law which pro\ides 
students the right to review their academic records, the right to challenge the contents of their 
records, and the right to confidentiality of their records. 

The Buckley Amendment allows the disclosure of basic directory' data and. in the case of 
athletes, extends that infonnation to relevant personal data and accomplishments. The 
College Relations Office uses permissible infomiation from students' records to report on 
social and academic accomplishments. 



Annually, Lebanon Valley College informs students of the Family Educational Rights and 
Privacy Act of 1 974, as amended. This Act, with which the institution intends to comply fully, 
was designated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the right of students 
to inspect and review their education records, and to provide guidelines for the correction of 
inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings. Students also have the 
right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA) 
concerning alleged failures by the institution to comply with the act. 

Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for compliance with 
the provisions of the Act. Copies of the policy can be found in the following offices: Office 
of the Registrar, Office of Student Services and Office of the Dean of the Faculty. The policy 
is also printed in the Faculty Advising Handbook. The offices mentioned also maintain a 
Directory of Records which lists all education records maintained on students by this 
institution. 

Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred to the 
Registrar's Office. 

Credit Hours 
A credit hour is the unit to measure academic progress. Each course has a credit designation 
approximately equal to the number of hours to be spent in class each week. A course requiring 
three hours of class attendance each week will carry three credit hours. Credit for laboratories 
is generally awarded at one-half the regular rate. 

Graduation Requirements 
Candidates for a baccalaureate degree shall complete successfully 1 20 credit hours including 
the requirements for the general education program (see page 19), and the requirements for 
majors and minors as appropriate. Credit hours are accumulated in three separate categories: 
general education requirements, major requirements, and electives. 

In addition, candidates shall complete successfully two units of physical education selected 
from a list of approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education require- 
ment by taking the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one physical 
education unit waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season of a 
varsity sport, one semester of marching band, or one semester of mihtary science. Continuing 
education students are exempt from the physical education requirement. 

Candidates for an associate's degree must accumulate at least 60 credit hours including the 
course work appropriate to their major program. Fifteen of the last 1 8 credit hours toward the 
degree must be in residence. 

Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 and a major 
grade point average of 2.00. 

The general education program is that part of the curriculum that is shared by all students in 
all majors. The required courses reflect 54-56 credit hours. 

8 



The major programs each require at least 24 credit hours of course work. 

Electives are those courses selected by the student that reflect neither major nor general 
education requirements. 

Candidates for the bachelor's degrees must also take in residence 30 credit hours of the 36 
taken immediately prior to graduation. Course work taken in all of the college's programs 
qualify as work done in residence. 

Advising Program 

Each student has a faculty adviser whose role is to counsel about registration procedures, 
course selections, academic requirements, and regulations. The student is required to obtain 
the adviser's counsel and approval before registration, withdrawal, election of pass/fail 
option, and/or change in credit/audit status. 

Arrangement of Schedules 
Each student arranges a semester program of courses in consultation with, and by approval 
of, his or her faculty adviser. Students already in attendance do this during registration 
periods. New students accomplish this on orientation days. 

Limit of Hours 
To be classified as full time, a student must take at least 12 credit hours in a semester. 
Seventeen credit hours is the maximum permitted without approval from the student's 
adviser and permission of the registrar. Audited courses are counted in determining the 
course load, but music organizations are not. To be permitted to take more than 1 7 credits the 
student should have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher, or be a senior. Students 
shall pay the prevailing tuition rate for each credit hour beyond 17 (not counting music 
organizations). 

Class Standing 

Students are classified academically at the beginning of each year. Membership in the 
sophomore, junior or senior classes is granted to students who have earned a minimum of 28. 
56, or 84 credit hours respectively. 

Transfer Credit 
A student applying for advanced standing after having attended another accredited institution 
shall send an official transcript to the dean of admission. If requested, the student must 
provide copies of the appropriate catalogs for the years of attendance at the other institution 
or institutions. 

Credits are accepted for transfer provided the grades are C- ( 1 .67) or better and the w ork is 
equivalent or similar to work offered at Lebanon Valley College. Grades thus transferred 
count for credit hours only, not for quality points. 



A candidate for admission holding an associate degree from a regionally accredited college 
can be admitted with full acceptance of course work at the previously attended institution. 
Course work in the major field, however, for which the applicant has received a D shall not 
be counted toward fulfilling the major requirement. 

Because Lebanon Valley College is a liberal arts institution, consideration of full acceptance 
of the associate degree will be granted with the understanding that the candidate has followed 
a basic course of study compatible with the curriculum and academic programs of the college 
and has been enrolled in a transfer program. A total of 60 credits will be accepted for an 
associate degree and 57 credits for a diploma program. A maximum of 90 credit hours will 
be accepted toward a baccalaureate degree. 

In most instances the applicant may be expected to complete the baccalaureate degree within 
two years. However, when the requirements of a particular major field or the nature of the 
previous study demand additional work beyond two years, the applicant will normally be 
notified at the time of admission. 

Discontinuance of Courses 
The college reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course. 

Registration and Preregistration 

Students are required to register for courses on designated days of each semester. Preference 
is given to upperclass students in the preregistration process to ensure registration in courses 
required for their major fields of study. Students who register later than the designated times 
shall be charged a fee. Students desiring to register later than one week after the opening of 
the semester will be admitted only by special permission of the registrar. 

On entering Lebanon Valley College students indicate that they are open or that they have 
a particular intended major. Students may make a formal declaration of major during the 
second semester of their freshmen year, and must make a formal declaration by the time they 
have completed 60 credit hours. 

Change of Registration 

Change of registration, including pass/fail elections, changes of course hours credit, changes 
from credit to audit and vice versa, must be approved by signature of the adviser. In most 
instances, registration for a course shall not be permitted after the course has been in session 
for one full week. With the permission of the adviser, a student may withdraw from a course 
during the first ten (10) weeks of the semester. However, first semester freshmen may 
withdraw from a course at any time through the last day of semester classes with permission 
of the adviser. A fee is charged for every change of course made at the student's request after 
Add/Drop Day. 

Auditing Courses 
Students may register to audit courses with the approval of their academic adviser. Audited 

10 



courses are counted in considering the course load relative to the limit of hours which may 
result in an overload charge. No grade or credit is given for an audited course, but the registrar 
will record the audit on the transcript if the student attends regularly. A change of registration 
from credit to audit or from audit to credit must be accomplished by the end of the tenth week 
of semester classes. 

Pass/Fail 
After attaining sophomore standing (28 credit hours) a student may elect to take up to two 
courses per semester and one per summer session on pass/fail basis; however, only six such 
courses can be counted toward graduation requirements. No courses elected by students to 
be taken pass/fail may be used to meet the requirements of the general education program, 
the major(s), the minor(s), and secondary education certification. A student may select or 
cancel a pass/fail registration any time during the first 10 weeks of a semester. Passing with 
honors will be designated by the grade PH indicating that a grade of B+ or higher was earned. 

Repetition of Courses 
A student may repeat as often as desired, for a higher grade, a previously taken course, subject 
to the following provisions: the course must have been taken in courses staffed by the college 
at the Annville campus and/or the Lancaster center or Pennsylvania School of Art & Design 
in Lancaster. Semester hours credit are given only once. The grade received each time taken 
is computed in the semester grade point average. Each semester grade report will show hours 
credit each time passed, but the total hours toward a degree will be equal only to the semester 
hours credit for the course. For a course previously passed P/F, the grade received in the 
subsequent registration for regular grade is the "higher grade." Each grade received remains 
on the permanent record and a notation is made thereon that the course has been repeated. 

Concurrent Courses 
A student enrolled for a degree at Lebanon Valley College may not carry courses concur- 
rently at any other institution without prior consent of his or her adviser and the registrar. 

External Summer Courses 
A student registered at Lebanon Valley College may not obtain credit for the courses taken 
during the summer at another college, unless such courses have prior approval of his or her 
adviser and the registrar. 

Attendance Policy 
Each student is responsible for knowing and meeting all requirements for each course. 
including regular class attendance. At the opening of each semester the instructors shall 
clearly inform students of class attendance regulations. Violations of those regulations shall 
make the student liable to receive a grade of F in the course. Upon the recommendation of 
the instructor and the approval of the registrar a grade of W will be assigned during the tlrst 
10 weeks of the semester, and an F will be assigned after that date. 

Excused absences do not absolve students from the necessity of fulfilling all course 
requirements. 

11 



In-Absentia 

The college treats students in domestic or foreign study programs and in the Washington 
Semester Program as students-in-absentia. Any student who studies for a semester or 
academic year at another institution but with the intent of returning to the college is 
considered a matriculated student. A student desiring in-absentia status should complete the 
form in the registrar's office and secure the approval of the adviser, the registrar and the dean 
of international programs. Students will receive information on registration and room sign- 
up after they notify the registrar of their address abroad or in the United States. 

Leave of Absence 

For reasons of health or in other compelling circumstances students may request a voluntary 
leave from the college for one or two semesters. A student desiring such a leave should 
complete the form available from the registrar and secure the approval of the senior vice 
president and dean of the faculty. Students on leave are regarded as continuing students and 
retain their status for registration or room sign-up. Students on leave will receive information 
on those procedures and will be asked to verify their return. The college reserves the right to 
require a leave of absence for medical reasons at any time it is deemed reasonably necessary 
to protect the student, other students, members of the college community, or the interests of 
the college itself. Before a student returns from a medical leave of absence, a clearance 
interview with one of the counseling psychologists, the dean of students or the senior vice 
president and dean of the faculty as well as additional documentation may be required. 

Withdrawal from College and Readmission 

To withdraw from college a student must complete an official withdrawal form obtained from 
the registrar. Continuing education students must complete an official withdrawal form 
obtained from the director of continuing education. Readmission of a student requires written 
permission from the senior vice president and dean of the faculty. 

Advanced Placement 

Advanced placement with credit for appropriate courses shall be granted to entering students 
who make scores of 4 or 5 on College Board Advanced Placement examinations. For scores 
of 3, final determination is made by the appropriate department. Advanced placement 
without credit may be granted on the basis of the Achievement Tests of the College Board 
examinations or such other proficiency tests as may be determined by the registrar and by the 
chairperson of the department. 

Second Bachelor's Degrees 

A person who has earned a bachelor's degree from Lebanon Valley College or another 
accredited college or university may earn a second bachelor's degree by meeting the 
following requirements: 

1 . A minimum of 30 additional undergraduate credits must be completed successfully at 
Lebanon Valley. 

2. All graduation requirements for the major of the second degree must be met satisfactorily. 

12 



3. Course work completed successfully as part of the first degree program may be used to 
satisfy the graduation requirements of the second major. 

4. No course already taken in the first degree program may be repeated in the second degree 
program. 

5. No more than three credits from student teaching (SED 440, ELM 440 and MSC 44 1 ) may 
be counted toward a second degree. 

6. Graduates from other accredited colleges or universities shall not be required to meet any 
Lebanon Valley general education requirements. 

7. No courses in the second degree program may be met satisfactorily through such non- 
traditional means as challenge examinations, CLEP, or credit for life experience. 

8. No more than three credits from internships may be counted toward a second degree. 

9. No courses in the second degree program may be taken Pass/Fail. 

Undergraduate Non-Traditional Credit 

Lebanon Valley College recognizes the ability of highly motivated students to master 
specific areas of study on their own initiative and provides programs to allow these students 
the opportunity to gain credit. Any matriculated student may earn a maximum of 30 credits 
toward a bachelor' s degree or a maximum of 1 5 credits toward an associate ' s degree through 
non-traditional means (experiential credit, advanced placement, CLEP, challenge exams). 

Challenge Exams Policy 
Only the courses listed in the college curriculum may be challenged for credit. Full-time 
students should request challenge examinations through their academic advisers. Part-time 
students and those students enrolled through the continuing education program should make 
application of challenge exams through the Continuing Education Office. All requests must 
be approved by the registrar and the chairperson of the department in which the course is 
listed. 

Challenge exams are considered to be comprehensive examinations in the subject area and 
are graded Pass/Fail. The grading criteria for passing a challenge exam shall be determined 
by each department. There is a fee for each challenge examination. This fee is for preparation 
and grading of the examination and is charged without regard to the test results. Challenge 
exams may not be taken by students who have received any grade in a course equivalent to 
or more advanced than the course for which the student is requesting credit by examination. 
Challenge exams may not be used for the purpose of acquiring credit for a course previously 
failed. Practicums, internships, seminars, research courses, independent study, and courses 
with required laboratory components are not subject to credit by examination. 

CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Policy 
Credit shall be granted to those students who score well on CLEP examinations that are 
approved by the college. To receive credit, a student must score above the 50th percentile on 
the objective section and above a C, as determined by the appropriate academic department 
for general and subject examinations. The English composition essay is required with a 
minimum score of 480 and at the 80th percentile for this CLEP examination. 

13 



A maximum of six credits shall be awarded for each examination; of these credits, only three 
may be applied to the general education requirements in the appropriate area. Credit shall be 
granted only to students who have matriculated at Lebanon Valley College. Normally, 
requests for CLEP credit must be approved by the registrar before the student has completed 
30 credits. 

Credit for Life Experience Policy 
Lebanon Valley College provides for the awarding of undergraduate academic credit for 
knowledge acquired through non-academic experience in subjects in the college curriculum. 
The experience should have a direct relation to the material taught in a course in the college 
curriculum and should extend over a sufficient period to provide substantive knowledge in 
the relevant area. Matriculated students who believe they qualify for such credit may petition 
the appropriate department through their academic advisers. Students enrolled in the 
Continuing Education program must petition through the Continuing Education Office. This 
petition must: 

(1) detail the relevant experience in question 

(2) provide appropriate supporting evidence 

(3) note the equivalent college course by department and number 

(4) state the number of credit hours sought. 

The appropriate department will consult with the academic adviser or the Continuing 
Education Office to determine the best means (interview, examination, portfolio, etc.) for 
evaluating the experience. 

Approval of experiential credit for full-time students must be made in writing over the 
signatures of the academic adviser, the appropriate department chairperson, and the senior 
vice president and dean of the faculty. Approval of experiential credit for students enrolled 
through the continuing education program must be made in writing over the signatures of the 
director of continuing education, the appropriate department chairperson, and the senior vice 
president and dean of the faculty. 

Experiential credit cannot exceed six credit hours in one academic year and cannot exceed 
a maximum of twelve credit hours in the degree program. 

Grading Systems and Grade Point Averages 
Student work is graded A (excellent), B (good), C (satisfactory), D (requirements and 
standards met a minimum level), F (course requirements not met). For each credit hour in a 
course, students receive the following quality points: 



A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 



C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


1.33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


.67 


F 


.00 



14 



F carries no credit or quality points, but grades of F are used in calculating the grade point 
averages. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the quality points by 
the credit hours completed. 

Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00, and a major 
grade point average of 2.00. 

Continuing education degree candidates admitted before July 1, 1989 must meet graduation 
requirements by earning a cumulative grade point average of 1.75. All students and 
continuing education candidates admitted after July 1, 1989 must meet graduation require- 
ments by earning a grade point average of 2.00. All students must have a 2.00 grade point 
average in their major, any second major, and any minor. 

A student may not take a course that has a prerequisite course he/she has failed. 

In addition to the above grades, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates that the work is 
incomplete (certain required work postponed by the student for substantial reason with the 
prior consent of the instructor), but otherwise satisfactory. This work must be completed 
within the first eight weeks of the next semester, or the I will be changed to an F. Appeals for 
an extension of time must be presented to the registrar by the first week of the next semester. 
W indicates withdrawal from a course through the tenth week of semester classes, except for 
first-semester freshmen who may withdraw through the last day of the semester. For physical 
education a grade of either S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory) is recorded. 

Once a grade has been recorded it may not be changed without the approval of the instructor 
and the registrar. Students who feel the grade may be inaccurate should contact the instructor 
at once, but in no case later than the end of the semester following the course in question. 

Grades are sent to the parents and/or guardians of full-time students who meet the Internal 
Revenue Service regulations for dependent status. Independent full-time students must 
notify the registrar and provide adequate documentation of their status. 

Academic and Graduation Honors 
The Dean 's List 

Students achieving a 3 .40 or higher grade point average while carrying at least 1 2 credit hours 
for grade shall be named to the Dean's List at the end of each semester. 

Continuing education students shall be named to the Continuing Education Dean's List by 
meeting the following terms: 

(1) must be matriculated in certificate, degree or teacher certification programs 

(2) must be enrolled for at least six credit hours 

(3) must achieve a minimum semester grade point average of 3.40. 



15 



Graduation Honors 

After completing a minimum of 60 credit hours of residence work a student may qualify for 
graduation honors. The honors to be conferred are Summa Cum Laude for grade point 
averages of 3.75 - 4.0, Magna Cum Laude for grade point averages of 3.60 - 3.74, and Cum 
Laude for grade point averages of 3.40 - 3.59. 

Departmental Honors 

All major programs provide the opportunity for departmental honors work during the junior 
and senior years. For specific information, interested students should contact the appropriate 
department chairperson . The minimal requirements for departmental honors are a cumulative 
GPA of at least 3.0, both at the time of application and the time of graduation; a written thesis; 
an oral presentation; and approval by a majority vote of the full-time members of the 
department. This project is undertaken on a subject of the student's own choosing under the 
supervision of a faculty adviser. Opportunity also exists to do creative work. A maximum of 
nine hours credit may be earned in departmental honors. 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 

Students graduating with grade point averages of 3 . 5 or higher are eligible for induction into 

Phi Alpha Epsilon, provided they have earned a minimum of 60 credit hours of residence 

work. 

Academic Dishonesty 
Students are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dishonesty 
shall not be tolerated. Once action has been taken on a matter of academic dishonesty, the 
student forfeits the right to withdraw from the course. 

For the first academic dishonesty offense, no action shall be taken beyond failure from the 
course, at the option of the faculty member. A letter of warning shall be sent to the student 
by the senior vice president and dean of the faculty, explaining the policy regarding further 
offenses, and the right of appeal. 

For a second offense, failure in the course is mandatory, and the dean shall so inform the 
faculty member(s) involved. Additionally, the senior vice president and dean of the faculty 
has the authority to take further action, up to and including expulsion from the college. 

For a third offense, failure in the course and expulsion from the college are mandatory. 

The senior vice president and dean of the faculty has the authority to make a determination 
of whether actions or reasonable suspicions of actions by a student constitute academic 
dishonesty "offenses" as above. 

Information related to academic dishonesty offenses must be passed by the faculty member 
to the senior vice president and dean of the faculty. The dean shall retain the information for 
at least as long as the student involved is enrolled at the college. Information and evidence 
concerning academic dishonesty are the property of the college. 

16 



All actions against a student for academic dishonesty offenses can be appealed to the senior 
vice president and dean of the faculty, who will serve as final arbiter. 

Probation and Suspension 
Students can be placed on academic probation, suspended or dismissed if their academic 
standing fails to come up to the grade point average shown in the following table: 



Semester 




Suspension or 


Hours 


Probation 


Dismissal 


1-18 


1.50 




19-36 


1.60 


1.50 cumulative 


37-54 


1.70 




55-72 


1.80 


1.70 cumulative 


73-90 


1.90 




91 or more 


2.00 


1.90 cumulative 



A student placed on academic probation is notified of such status by the senior vice president 
and dean of the faculty and informed of the college regulations governing probationers. 
Students on probation are expected to regulate their work and their time in a most determined 
effort to bring their performances up to the required standard. A student on probation who 
desires to begin a new activity or continue in an activity already begun, shall submit an appeal 
to the senior vice president and dean of the faculty. After consultation with the student's 
major adviser and parents, the senior vice president and dean of the faculty will render a 
binding decision. 

A student suspended for academic reasons normally is not eligible for reinstatement for one 
semester. A student seeking reinstatement must petition in writing to the senior vice president 
and dean of the faculty. 

A student twice suspended shall be considered for readmission only after completing 
appropriate academic work at an accredited college. 

Veterans ' Sendees 
Veterans who are eligible to receive educational benefits must report their enrollment to the 
registrar after they register for each semester or summer session. The registrar will then 
submit certification to the Veterans Administration. 

Veterans who are attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time must complete the 
appropriate forms in the registrar's office before certification will be sent to the Veterans 
Administration. 

Students eligible for veterans benefits who remain on academic probation for two consecu- 
tive semesters must be reported to the Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans with 
questions about the college or their status with the college should contact the registrar. 



17 



Servicemember's Opportunity Colleges 
Lebanon Valley College has been designated as an institutional member of Servicemember' s 
Opportunity Colleges (SOC), a group of over 400 colleges providing post secondary 
education to members throughout the world. As an SOC member, Lebanon Valley College 
recognizes the unique nature of the military life-style and has committed itself to easing the 
transfer of relevant course credits, providing flexible residency requirements, and crediting 
learning from appropriate military training and experiences. 

Teacher Certification for Non-Matriculated Students 

Lebanon Valley College offers teacher certification to a variety of special students: students 
with degrees from other colleges, or teachers seeking certification in other fields, or Lebanon 
Valley College alumni seeking certification for the first time. All students must present 
official transcripts of college work or their previous teacher certification to the registrar. The 
Education Department, the registrar and the appropriate academic department shall evaluate 
the record and recommend the appropriate course of action. A fee shall be charged for this 
service. 




Small classes ensure one-on-one interaction with faculty. 

18 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

General Education Program 
Through the General Education Program the college most directly expresses its commitment 
to the ideal of liberal education that underlies its statement of purpose. The program has four 
components: communications, liberal studies, foreign studies and disciplinary perspectives. 
This program seeks to prepare graduates who are broadly competent, skilled in communica- 
tion, capable of analysis and interpretation, tolerant and able to continue to learn in a rapidly 
changing world. 

The General Education Program aims to help students: 

• strengthen their capacities for critical thinking and rational analysis; 

• practice clear and effective communication; 

• learn methods essential for study and research; 

• develop breadth through fundamental studies in basic liberal arts disciplines; 

• improve their ability to make informed aesthetic and moral assessments; 

• understand and appreciate cultures and traditions different from their own; 

• integrate different ways of learning and understanding. 

The program consists of coursework in the following four areas: 

Communications. 15 credit hours. 

English Communications (2 courses) 
Writing Requirement (3 courses) 
Electronic Information Proficiency 

This component recognizes the central role communication plays in learning and in life. 
Courses teach the principles of clear and effective communication and provide opportunities 
to practice and refine them throughout the student' s college career. 

English Communication. Courses teach the elements of English composition and the related 
skills of speaking, reading, listening, word processing, and bibliographic access through 
database searching. 

Requirement: ENG 111/112. 

Writing Requirement. In addition to English communication, students must complete three 
courses designated Writing Intensive preferably during the sophomore, junior and senior 
years. In these courses faculty will also teach writing and will make evaluation of writing 
quality an important factor in the course grade. 

Requirement: Three courses from an approved list. 



19 



Approved: AMS 253; BIO 307, 312, 322; BUS 230, 420, 425, 480, 485; CHM 222, 321, 
322; ECN 312, 321, 332, 401, 411; ELM 361, 499; ENG 213, 221, 222, 225, 
226, 310, 315, 330, 341, 342, 350, 360; FRN 410, 420, 430, 440, 450; GPY 
212; GMN 400-419, 460; HIS 205, 206, 207, 225, 226, 227, 253, 261, 262, 
325, 326; MRT 371, 372; MSC 120, 334; PHL 215, 220, 300, 301-335, 336, 
337, 349; PHY 328; PSC 220, 350; PSY 210, 321, 335, 339, 343, 443; 
REL 311, 312, 322, 337; SOC 322, 324, 331, 333, 362, 382; SPA 310, 410, 
420,430, 440, 450, 460. 

Electronic Information Proficiency. There is no specific computer course requirement. 
Courses in the General Education Program will build on the base established in English 
Communications to include other computer applications and modes of information access 
and retrieval as appropriate. 

Liberal Studies. 27-29 credit hours. 

Three courses in each group with at least one course from each area. 
Group I Group II Group III 

History Natural Science Literature and Fine Art 

Social Science Mathematics Religion and Philosophy 

Courses in this component provide breadth by introducing fundamental concepts, methods, 
and content in disciplines essential to a liberal education. 

Requirement: Three courses from each group with at least one from each area. 

Group I 
Area 1 : History. Courses acquaint students with historical methodology and with some of the 
principal developments in European and American history. 

Approved: AMS 111; HIS 101, 102, 111, 112, 125, 126, 311. 

Area 2: Social Science. Courses establish and explore patterns of human culture and social 
organization including international aspects of the world by examining the relationships 
among individuals and the structures and processes of societies. They draw on the theories 
and methodological approaches used in the social sciences and prepare students to evaluate, 
integrate, and communicate information and issues related to human behavior. 

Approved: ECN 100, 101; PSC 111, 112, 130, 160; PSY 100; SOC 110, 120. 

Group II 

Area 3: Natural Science. Courses present findings, concepts, and theories of science, develop 
an understanding of scientific methods of inquiry, engage students directly in the practice of 
science, and prepare them to understand the relationship between science and technology. 



20 



Approved: BIO 101, 102, 103, 111,1 12;CHM 100, 1 1 1/1 13, 1 12/1 14;PHY 100, 103, 104, 
111, 112; PSY 210; SCI 100. 

Area 4: Mathematics. Courses introduce pivotal mathematical ideas, abstract mathematical 
constructs, and mathematical applications. They make students aware of the powers and 
limitations of mathematics and emphasize the role of mathematics in our society. 

Approved: MAS 100, 111, 112, 150, 161, 162, 170,270. 

Group III 
Area 5: Literature and Fine Art. Courses acquaint students with significant works of artistic 
expression and with their historical and cultural contexts. They help them analyze and 
appreciate works of art, music, and literature and seek both to extend their aesthetic 
experience and enhance the quality of their critical judgment. 

Approved: ART 1 10, 201, 203, 207; ENG 120, 221, 222, 227, 228, 229; GMN 420, MSC 
100, 120,200,342. 

Area 6: Religion and Philosophy. Courses introduce major religious or philosophical 
perspectives, the critical study of value judgments, and the understanding that all judgments 
and value systems are grounded in particular world views. Students are encouraged to 
examine their own moral commitments as they develop an awareness of and tolerance for 
other value systems. 

Approved: PHL 1 10, 160, 230, 240; REL 1 10, 120, 160, 230. 

Foreign Studies. Nine credit hours. 
Two courses in a foreign language. 
One course from a list approved for this component. 

This component responds to a contemporary world in which communication, travel and trade 
increasingly juxtapose cultures, values and ideas. Courses help students understand, inter- 
pret, and appreciate cultural, social, moral, economic and political systems different from 
their own. 

Foreign Language. By learning another language students see the world from a perspective 
essentially apart from their native tongue and culture. These courses help students understand 
that all languages solve similar problems of expressing thought, but that each language 
provides special access to a particular human society. 

Requirement: Two courses. 

Options: 1. Continue a previously studied language (two or more years) at the intemiediate 
level. FRN. GER, RSN, SPA 201/202. 
2. Begin a new language. FRN, GMN. RSN. SPA 101/102. 



21 



3. Repeat the elementary level (no language study for five full years), (FRN, GMN, 
RSN, SPA 101/102). 

4. Complete one advanced course (requires permission from FLG department). 

Foreign Studies. Courses introduce important aspects of societies in Asia, Africa, the Middle 
East, and the Americas to foster an understanding of cultural, social, political, religious, or 
economic systems outside the European tradition. Courses may compare European societies 
with other societies or address factors that influence culture as long as these other consider- 
ations do not obscure the primary goal of studying essentially different cultures. 

Requirement: Choose one course from an approved list. 

Approved: HIS271,273,275,277,279;PHL251,252;PSC 140, 150,211;REL115, 116, 
253, 260, 265; SPA 460. 

Disciplinary Perspectives. Three credit hours. 

One course from a list approved for this component. 

Certain problems are addressed best from the perspective of more than one discipline. This 
component offers students an opportunity to bring the insights from different disciplines to 
the analysis of a complex issue. Courses incorporate content and approaches from at least two 
disciplines, ask students to draw on their own disciplinary perspectives, and challenge them 
to view issues from various points of view. Junior or senior standing is required. 

Requirement: one course from an approved list. 

Approved: AMS 311; DSP 390; HIS 325, 326; PHL 337, 342, 349; PS Y 350; REL 332, 
337, 342; SOC 326. 

Interdisciplinary Course (DSP): 

DSP 390. Special Topics. This number designates a special topics course in the disciplinary 
perspectives component of the General Education Program. Faculty may make use of this 
opportunity to design a course outside normal departmental offerings. The course selection 
booklet which appears before registration each semester will describe individual courses in 
this category. 3 credits. 

A student may petition the senior vice president and dean of the faculty to substitute another 
course in the curriculum for an approved course in any component of the program. 



22 



Cooperative Programs 
Allied Health Professions 

Lebanon Valley College has established a cooperative program with Thomas Jefferson 
University in Philadelphia, Pa., for students interested in the allied health professions. The 
College of Health Professions of Thomas Jefferson University offers baccalaureate programs 
in cytotechnology, cytogenetics, diagnostic imaging (radiography/ultrasound), nursing, and 
occupational therapy, and also offers an entry-level master's program in physical therapy. 

Students spend two years at Lebanon Valley College taking required courses in the basic 
sciences and other disciplines. During the second year, application is made to Thomas 
Jefferson University. Admission to Thomas Jefferson University is not automatic, and 
depends upon the academic record, recommendations and often an interview. If accepted, the 
student spends two years (three years for physical therapy) at Thomas Jefferson University 
taking professional and clinical courses. Upon successful completion of the program, the 
student is awarded a baccalaureate degree (or master's, for physical therapy) by Thomas 
Jefferson University. 

Engineering 

In the cooperative "3+2" engineering program a student earns a B.S. degree from Lebanon 
Valley College and a B.S. degree in one of the fields of engineering from another institution. 
Students may study engineering at any accredited engineering school. To assist the student, 
Lebanon Valley has special cooperative agreements with Case Western Reserve University. 
Cleveland, Ohio; University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia: and Widener University. Chester, 
Pa. Students who pursue this cooperative engineering program take three years of work at 
Lebanon Valley College and then usually take two additional years of work in engineering. 

Forestry and Environmental Studies 

Students completing a three-year program at Lebanon Valley College studying the liberal 
arts and the sciences basic to forestry and environmental sciences may apply for admission 
to the cooperative forestry and environmental studies program with Duke University. School 
of the Environment, Durham, N.C. Upon completion of the first year of the two-year (plus 
one summer) program at Duke University, the student will receive the Bachelor of Science 
degree from Lebanon Valley College. After completion of the program at Duke, the student 
will receive the professional degree of Master of Forestry (M.F.) or Master of Environmental 
Management (M.E.M.) from Duke University. Students may major in biology, economics, 
political science, or mathematics at Lebanon Valley College. 

Program Requirements: 

Students interested in pursuing career preparation in forestry or in environmental studies 
through the cooperative program ("3+2") with Duke University may major in biology, 
economics, political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley. All such students shall take 
BIO 1 1 1 , 1 12, 302; ECN 101. 102; MAS 161 or 1 1 1 ; MAS 170. regardless of major, and shall 
meet the general requirements of the college. 



23 



Medical Technology (Clinical Laboratory Science) 

The student spends three years at Lebanon Valley College taking courses to fulfill the 
requirements of the college and of the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory 
Sciences. Before or during the third year of the program, the student applies to a hospital with 
a CAHEA approved school of medical technology where he/she spends the fourth year in 
training. Admission is not automatic and depends upon the academic record, recommenda- 
tions and an interview. Upon satisfactorily completing the clinical year, the student is 
awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology by Lebanon Valley 
College. The college is affiliated with the following hospitals: Polyclinic Hospital of 
Harrisburg, Jersey Shore Medical Center, and Lancaster General Hospital. However, the 
student is not limited to these affiliations and may seek acceptance at other approved 
hospitals. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 

Major: BIO 1 1 1 , 1 12, 306, 322, eight additional credits in biology; CHM 1 11 , 112, 1 13, 1 14, 
213, 214, 215, 216; PHY 103, 104; MAS 170 (51 credits). The senior year is spent off-campus 
at an accredited hospital school of medical technology. It is the student's responsibility to 
apply and become accepted into a hospital program. Thirty (30) semester hours of credit are 
awarded for the successful completion of this year. 

P re-Professional Programs 
Pre-Law Program 

Although there is no pre-law major or department, a pre-law student is advised to take certain 
courses which will help prepare him or her for law school and a legal career. Each student 
should confer with the pre-law adviser in selecting a specific pattern of courses appropriate 
to that student's objectives. Generally recommended courses are as follows: ACT 161; BUS 
371,372; ECN 101, 102; PSC 111, 112, 315, 316, and 415. 

Pre-Medical, Pre-Dentistry, Pre-Veterinary 

Lebanon Valley College offers pre-professional preparation in the medical (medicine, 
osteopathy, optometry, podiatry, pharmacy, chiropractic and dentistry) and veterinary fields. 
Students interested in one of these careers usually follow a science curriculum with a major 
in biochemistry, biology, chemistry or psychobiology. 

In addition to the basic natural sciences suited to advanced professional study, the student 
who is interested in veterinary medicine may participate in a cooperative program between 
the college and local veterinarians, specializing in both small and large animal medicine. 
Students not only receive credit for the work, but also gain valuable experience in the field. 

A health professions committee coordinates the various plans of study in addition to offering 
advice and assistance to those persons interested in health professions careers. 



24 



Lebanon Valley College graduates have been admitted to some of the nation's finest schools 
including Johns Hopkins University Medical School, The University of Pennsylvania, The 
University of Pittsburgh, Jefferson Medical School, The Milton S. Hershey Medical Center, 
Temple University, The University of Maryland, The Philadelphia College of Osteopathic 
Medicine, The Pennsylvania College of Podiatric Medicine and the Pennsylvania College of 
Optometry. 

Individualized Major 
The option of an individualized major is available to students who desire a field of 
concentration which is not substantially addressed by any one department. The faculty 
represents a diverse set of interests and perspectives that provides a considerable resource for 
those students who would like to develop a major around concerns that do not fall into 
traditional disciplinary areas. As a liberal arts institution, the college and its faculty are 
willing to help a student develop a program of study using interdisciplinary courses. 

A student planning an individuahzed major should prepare an application which includes 
courses relevant to the topic and secure the written endorsement of at least two faculty 
advisers for the proposed major which shall consist of at least 24 credits above the 100 level. 

The student should submit the application to the senior vice president and dean of the faculty 
for final approval. The student will work closely with the advisers. Any changes in the 
program must be submitted to the dean for approval. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree (depending upon concentration) 
with an individualized major. 

Requirements: Those courses specified within the approved individualized major plus those 
courses to meet the general requirements of the college. 

Internships 
An internship is a practical and professional work experience that allows students to 
participate in the operations of business, industry, education, government, or not-for-profit 
organizations. Internships provide students with opportunities to integrate their classroom 
learning with on-the-job experiences and to test practical applications of their liberal arts 
education in a variety of settings. 

To be eligible for an internship sponsored by an academic department or program, a student 
generally will have junior or senior standing. Students must request and receive permission 
from departmental chairpersons or program directors to enroll in internships. The student 
must also enlist a faculty internship supervisor from the department sponsoring the internship 
and an on-site internship supervisor from the internship location. Application forms for 
internships are available in the office of the registrar. The appHcation form shall be completed 
by the student and approved by the student' s academic adviser, faculty internship supervisor. 
on-site internship supervisor, and the department chairperson prior to registration. 



25 



For each semester hour of credit, the intern should invest at least 45 hours of time at the 
internship location. Academic departments and programs establish other specific criteria and 
procedures for internships. In addition to the practical on-site experience, internships have 
an academic component which may include readings, reports, journals, seminars, and/or 
faculty conferences. A student may enroll for 1-12 credit hours of internship during any one 
semester. A student may use a maximum of 12 credit hours of internship to meet graduation 
requirements. All internships have a course number of 400. 

Independent Study 
Independent study provides an opportunity to undertake a program of supervised reading, 
research, or creative work not incorporated in existing formal courses. The independent study 
should result in a formal document. Independent study shall not be used to approximate an 
existing course or to cover projects more properly described as internships. Junior or senior 
standing and a minimum GPA of 2.00 are required. 

For one semester hour of credit, the independent study student should invest at least 45 clock 
hours of time in reading, research, or report writing. The independent study involves a 
contract between the student and the faculty member (contract instructor) who will oversee 
the study. Written application forms regarding the independent study are available in the 
office of the registrar. The forms must be completed by the student and approved by the 
student' s faculty adviser, the contract instructor and the department chairperson. 

Students may enroll in a maximum of three credit hours per independent study in any one 
semester. A maximum of six credit hours in independent study may be used toward the 
graduation requirements. All independent studies have a course number of 500. 

Tutorial Study 

Tutorial study provides students with a special oppormnity to take an existing formal course 
in the curricula that is not scheduled that semester or summer session. Students desiring a 
tutorial study must have an appropriate member of the faculty agree to supervise the study 
on a one-on-one basis. 

For one semester hour of credit, the student should invest at least 45 clock hours of time in 
the tutorial study. The tutorial study essentially involves a contract between the student and 
the faculty adviser. The typical tutorial study involves readings, research, report writing, 
faculty conferences, and examinations. All tutorial study courses have the same course 
number as the existing formal catalog course. 

Special Topics Courses 
From time to time, departments may offer Special Topics courses using the following course 
numbers: 290-298, 390-398, 490-498 and 590. Special Topics courses are formal courses 
that are not listed permanently in the curricula and that are offered infrequently. These 
courses examine comparatively narrow subjects that may be topical or special interest. 
Several different topics may be taught in one semester or academic year. A specific course 
title shall be used in each instance and shall be so noted on the student record. 

26 



Study Abroad 
Lebanon Valley College has established its own study abroad programs for students majoring 
in all subjects. All programs insure a cultural immersion experience for students, with several 
programs, open to language majors and non-language majors, also offering a language- 
enhancement opportunity. These programs are located in London, Crete, Salamanca, 
Montpellier, and Cologne. Lebanon Valley also has an exchange affiliation with Anglia 
Polytechnic University in England, which allows any major to take introductory or advanced 
courses there while an equal number of British students study at the Annville campus. While 
students may study anywhere in the world, those who attend one of Lebanon Valley's 
programs keep all financial aid, including Lebanon Valley scholarships, which insures that 
students pay the same fees for tuition, room, and board at any of the Lebanon Valley 
programs. Further information may be obtained at the Office of International Programs, 
HUM 108, Ext. 6248. See In-Absentia on page 12. 

Washington Semester Program 
Juniors and seniors in any major field, who have at least a 2.5 grade point average and have 
had basic courses in American national government, are eligible to participate in this program 
with approval of their department chairperson. This program is offered in cooperation with 
The American University in Washington, D.C. Information is available from the chairperson 
of the Department of Political Science and Economics. See In-Absentia on page 12. 







Semester-long symposia, combined with special topic courses, can provide the 
opportunity to study global cultures. 



27 



UNDERGRADUATE DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS 

DEPARTMENT OF ART 

The Art Department enriches students' understanding of their visual environment using such 
methods as formal analysis of actual art objects, research of art historical problems, and 
hands-on exercises with two- and three-dimensional materials. In addition to working in 
classroom and studio settings, students learn from structured visits to the Suzanne H. Arnold 
Art Gallery and field trips to regional and national museums. Through the minor in art, the 
department offers students the opportunity to develop skills that will serve them in their major 
field: creativity, analysis, research, and communication. 

Art Program 

Degree Requirements: 

No major is offered in art. 

Minor: ART 110, 121, 201, 203, 270, one elective course in art (18 credits). 

Courses in Art (ART): 

110. Introduction to Art. An exploration of meaning in the visual arts. The subject is 
approached through discussions of perception, the aesthetic experience, and form/content 
analyses of painting, sculpture, and architecture. 3 credits. 

121. Drawing I. An introduction of the fundamentals of drawing. Students will practice 
seeing and rendering the contour line, the gestural line, mass and volume, texture, negative 
space and linear relationships. A variety of drawing media will be explored. 3 credits. 

122. Drawing II. An introduction to advanced drawing skills. Students will practice and 
improve the fundamental drawing skills emphasized in Drawing I. Students learn to shift their 
attention from the isolated object to the whole image, focusing on the creation of three- 
dimensional space in a fully realized composition. The figure and the landscape will serve 
as the subjects. Toward the end of the semester color will be introduced. Prerequisite: ART 
121 or permission. 3 credits. 

201. Art History I. Prehistoric through Medieval Art. A survey of painting, sculpture and 
architecture beginning with prehistoric sites in Europe and the Near East, followed by studies 
of ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, Greece, Rome, Europe in the Middle Ages, and Non- 
Western art. 3 credits. 

203. Art History II. Renaissance to 20th century. A survey of individual masters and their 
major schools, the course covers the period from the close of the medieval era to the modem 
day and includes stylistic analyses and historical contexts for painting, sculpture, and 
architecture of each period. 3 credits. 

205. American Art History. An examination of the architecture, painting, sculpture, and the 
decorative arts from the colonial period to the present day. 3 credits. 

28 



270. Ceramics I. Explores a number of clay techniques, including coiling, slab construction, 
draping, pinching, sculpting, and throwing on a wheel. Students will work with underglazing 
and glazing, and will fire their work using the low fire, sawdust, and raku methods. In addition 
to making objects in clay, students will learn from the work of master potters. 3 credits. 

401. Art in the Elementary School. Introduction to creative art activity for children in 
elementary school. Topics covered include philosophical concepts, curriculum, evaluation 
and studio activity involving a variety of art media, techniques, and processes. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Leslie E. Bowen, lecturer in art. 
M.F.A., Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts. 

Bowen' s expertise is in painting and drawing. Due to her love of art history, she particularly 
enjoys teaching Introduction to Art to non-art students, broadening their experience to 
include a greater understanding and appreciation of the arts. 

Patricia Fay, assistant professor of art. Chairperson. 

M.F.A., University of Massachusetts, Amherst. 

Fay's passion for the traditional pottery practices of the West Indies helped her to win a 

Fulbright Fellowship for a year's study in St. Lucia. She is also an accomplished artist who 

teaches Ceramics, Introduction to Art, and Non-Western Art and Culture. 

G. Daniel Massad, artist-in-residence. 

M.F.A., University of Kansas. 

Massad is a nationally recognized pastel painter of still lifes, whose works are included in such 

distinguished collections as the Metropolitan Museum of Art and the Philadelphia Museum of 

Art. Students will have a rare chance to study pastel painting with this acclaimed artist. 

Leo Mazow, assistant professor of art. Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Gallery. 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Mazow is a specialist in American art history. He teaches art history courses and directs the 
college gallery. 

Ellen Nicholas, adjunct instructor in art. 

B.S., Kutztown State University. 

Nicholas is committed to integrating art into the general elementary school curriculum as a way 

of exploring ideas and solving problems in all subjects. She teaches Art in the Elementary School. 

Marie Riegle, adjunct instructor in art. 

M.F.A., Pennsylvania State University. 

Riegle, who teaches Drawing I and Introduction to Art, is an artist and award-winning writer 

of literature for young people. She is also interested in gardening and science, and is working 

with the biology department to develop a course on botanical illustration. 

R. Gordon Wise, adjunct professor of art. 

Ed.D., University of Missouri. 

Wise is an artist who has dedicated his career to training art educators. He teaches Art in the 

Elementary School. 

29 



DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY 

Biology Program 
The goal of the Biology Department is to produce graduates who are well-versed in the 
principles and techniques of biology, have the intellectual training to investigate novel 
concepts, have the ability to learn independently, interpret and articulate clearly their 
findings, possess the highest scholarly standards of the discipline, and maintain honest 
academic conduct. 

The Biology Department curriculum (1) employes the underlying principles of biology and 
requires a background in the supporting disciplines, (2) requires the application of the 
scientific method in the laboratory or field, (3) integrates informational retrieval, the 
synthesis of ideas into a coherent whole, and the communication of research findings, and (4) 
prepares students for graduate, professional, and technical fields. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biology. 

Major: BIO 111, 112, 201, 499; one course each in the general areas of physiology , cellular 
and subcellular biology, botany, and morphology, and four additional hours of biology (33 
credits).CHMlll,112,113,114,213,214,215,216(16credits);PHY103,104orlll,112; 
MAS 161 or 111 (61-63 total credits). 

Minor: ^10 101, 102, or BIO 111, 112; plus four additional courses in biology (24 total credits). 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in biology must 
take BIO 312, 360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 
and 440. 

Courses in Biology (BIO): 

BIO 111 and 1 1 2 are prerequisite for all upper-level courses in biology unless otherwise 

noted. 

101. Human Biology. The human organism is utilized as the primary focus to elucidate 
physiological principles for non-science majors. Topics include nutrition, homeostasis, 
major organ systems, immunity, and exercise physiology. Laboratory exercises include 
sensory physiology, respiration, blood pressure, exercise physiology, and ECG. 4 credits. 

102. Human Heredity. This course is intended for the non-science major. Although the 
major emphasis of this course is on the inheritance of traits in humans, topics ranging from 
basic cell reproduction through gamete production and early stages are also covered. 
Classical genetics, in both humans and other organisms, including both chromosomal and 
gene genetics, as well as population genetics, molecular genetics and application of genetics 
to biotechnology and genetic engineering are discussed. The laboratory is intended to give 
the student "hands-on" experience in making observations, performing experiments, and 
working with scientific equipment. Topics to be covered in the laboratory include studying 

30 



prepared slides, performing genetic crosses, activating genes in bacteria, isolating DNA and 
learning about DNA fingerprinting. 4 credits. 

103. Environmental Science. Designed for non-science majors, the course serves as an 
introduction to ecological principles and their applications to understanding the causes and 
current status of environmental problems. Options for dealing with these problems are 
evaluated. Possible topics for discussion are overpopulation, food and water resources, ozone 
depletion, global warming, deforestation, acid rain, biodiversity, erosion, loss of wetlands, 
energy sources, pollution, eutrophication and waste disposal. Laboratory exercises are 
designed to illustrate ecological concepts presented in lecture. 4 credits. 

777. General Biology I. A rigorous study of basic biological principles, which is designed 
for science majors. Topics emphasized include cell biology, genetics, taxonomy, histology, 
and evolution. Laboratory exercises include enzyme kinetics, carbohydrate analysis, isola- 
tion and identification of plant pigments, histological techniques, and animal taxonomy. 
4 credits. 

772. General Biology II. This course, also rigorous and designed for science majors, covers 
concepts in physiology, embryology, botany and ecology. Laboratory exercises include 
shark anatomy, invertebrate dissection, animal development, plant development in angio- 
sperms, and stomate response to environmental changes. Prerequisite: BIO 1 1 1 orpermission. 
4 credits. 

201. Genetics. A study of the principles, mechanisms and concepts of classical and molecular 
genetics. The laboratory stresses key concepts of genetics utilizing both classical and 
molecular approaches. Laboratory exercises include analysis of nucleic acids, genetic 
crosses, and studies of bacteria, bacteriophages and plasmids. Prerequisites: one year of 
chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

227. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. The comparative anatomy of vertebrates with 
emphasis on the evolutionary relationships among the various lines of vertebrates. Intensive 
laboratory work involves dissections and demonstrations of representative vertebrates. 
4 credits. 

302. Plant Diversity. The development and diversity of fungi, algae and land plants and the 
relationships between them. Field and laboratory work familiarizes the student with the 
structure of algae and plants and with the identification of flowering plants in the local flora. 
Prerequisite: BIO 1 12 or permission. 4 credits. 

304. Developmental Biology. An organismal and molecular approach to the study of animal 
development using typical invertebrate and vertebrate organisms. The laboratory includes 
the study of slides as well as experiments on fertilization, regeneration and metamorphosis. 
4 credits. 

305. Cell and Tissue Biology. A study of cell ultrastructure and the microscopic anatomy 

31 



of vertebrate tissues, including the structure and function of membranes and organelles, cell 
motility and excitability, and vertebrate tissue similarities and specialization in relation to 
function. Laboratory includes the preparation and staining of sections using selected histochemi- 
cal and histological procedures as well as a variety of microscopic techniques. 4 credits. 

306. Microbiology. A study of the morphology, physiology, and biochemistry of represen- 
tative microorganisms. The laboratory emphasizes basic bacteriological techniques and 
procedures. Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

307. Plant Physiology. A study of the functioning of plants, with emphasis on vascular plants. 
Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

312. Ecology I . An examination of the basic concepts of ecology with extensive laboratory 
work and field experiences in freshwater, marine, and terrestrial ecosystems. Prerequisites: 
BIO 1 12 or permission. 4 credits. 

322. Animal Physiology. A study of the principles of vertebrate body function, with emphasis 
on the mechanisms by which cells and organs perform their functions and the interactions of 
the various organs in maintaining total body function. Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 1 12 and one 
semester of chemistry, or permission. 4 credits. 

323. Introduction to Immunology. An introduction to the anatomical, physiological, and 
biochemical factors underlying the immune response. The course begins with a discussion 
of non-specific immunity, cellular immunity, and antibody-mediated immune responses. 
The course then moves into a study of contemporary immunological topics which are 
discussed with respect to major research papers in each area. Topics include autoimmunity, 
histocompatibility, immunogenetics, and acquired immune deficiencies. Prerequisites: BIO 
111,112 and CHM 1 1 1,113 or equivalent or permission. 3 credits. 

342. Plants and People. Dependence on certain plants has shaped historical events and 
cultures, and continues to influence human lives today. This course explores the extent of the 
impact of plant life on the history, culture, and daily life of human beings. Through lectures, 
student class presentations, hands-on exercises and field trips, and a one-day field trip to 
Long wood Gardens, the effect of plants in past and present human lives will be investigated. 
3 credits. Disciplinary Perspectives. For all majors, no prerequisites. 

360. The Teaching of Biology in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students seeking 
certification to teach biology in secondary education. Responsibilities include assisting in the 
preparation of materials and equipment for lab; supervision of lab work; and preparation, 
administration, and evaluation of quizzes and lab tests. Prerequisite: permission of the 
instructor. 1 credit. 

402. Invertebrate Zoology. A study of most of the major invertebrate phyla, concentrating 
on movement, metabolism, information and control, reproduction and association between 
animals. 4 credits. 

32 



404. Electron Microscopy. An introduction to the use of techniques for scanning and 
transmission electron microscopic studies. Through laboratory experience the students will 
learn the proper use, application, and limitations of the appropriate instruments. Prerequisite: 
BIO 305 or permission of instructor. 4 credits. 

409. Ecology II. An intensive study of ecological processes emphasizing the quantitative 
aspects of ecology at the population and community levels. Prerequisite: permission of the 
instructor. 4 credits. 

499. Seminar. Each senior student is required to do independent library research on an 
assigned topic and to make an oral presentation to the biology faculty and students. This 
course may be repeated. 1 or 2 credits. 

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Program 
The Biology Department offers a biochemistry program in conjunction with the Chemistry 
Department, described on page 47. The major in biochemistry is an interdisciplinary program 
that provides an opportunity for interested students to engage in a comprehensive study of 
the chemical basis of biological processes. It is designed to prepare students for advanced 
study in medical, dental, and other professional schools, for graduate programs in a variety 
of subjects including biochemistry, clinical chemistry, pharmacology, molecular biology, 
genetics, microbiology, and physiology, and for research positions in industrial, academic, 
and government laboratories. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biochemistry. 

Major: BIO 11 1,1 12, 201;CHM 111, 112, 113, 114,213,214,215, 216;BCH 401. 421. 422. 
430, 499; MAS 161 ; PHY 103, 104 or 1 1 1, 1 12 (51 credits): nine credits from BIO 305, 306, 
307, 322, 323. 404 and CHM 305. 306. 307, 308, 311. 

Courses in Biochemistry (BCH): 

401. Molecular Biology. Gene structure, function and regulation at the molecular level in 
prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. Recombinant DNA techniques (genetic engineering) 
and gene sequencing are covered in detail. Prerequisite: Three semesters of chemistry and 
BIO 201 or permission of the instructor. 4 credits. 

421,422. Biochemistry I, II. The study of the chemistry of proteins, lipids, and carbohy- 
drates. Topics covered include amino acid chemistry, protein structure, molecular weight 
determination, ligand binding, enzyme kinetics, enzyme and coenzyme mechanisms, mem- 
brane systems, membrane transport, intermediary metabolism, metabolic control, electron 
transport, and oxidative phosphorylation. Prerequisites: CHM 2 14. 2 16 and 3 12 or permis- 
sion. 3 credits per semester. 

430. Biochemistry Laboratory. Investigations of the properties of proteins, nucleic acids, 
carbohydrates, and lipids. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216. 1 credit. 

33 



499. Biochemistry Seminar. Readings, discussions, and reports on special topics in bio- 
chemistry. 1 credit. 

Psychobiology Program 
The major in psychobiology is offered jointly by the Departments of Biology and Psychol- 
ogy, described on pages 30 and 112. This interdisciplinary major emphasizes the physiological 
substrates and consequences of behavior. Consisting of a combination of psychology and 
biology course work, the program prepares smdents for graduate study in medicine, 
veterinary medicine, graduate programs in psychology, animal behavior, physiological 
psychology, psychopharmacology, behavior genetics, and neuroscience, as well as research 
positions in industry, universities, hospitals, and government laboratories. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychobiology. 

Major: BIO 1 11, 1 12, 201, 322 (16 credits); PSY 1 10, 335, 358 plus two courses from the 
following: PSY 210, 216, 355, 431 (16 credits); PSY 491 or BIO 491, BIO 499 or PBI 499, 
BIO 500 or PSY 500 (8 credits); CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14 (8 credits); MAS 161 and CSC 125 
or 170 (6 credits); plus 8 additional credits in the sciences in consultation with adviser. 
Recommended CHM 213, 214, 215, 216, PHY 103, 104 or 1 1 1, 1 12. 62 total credits. 

Courses in Psychobiology (PBI): 

358. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological mechanisms underlying behavior 
processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception, 
learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors and motivation and emotion. The laboratory 
portion of the course includes sheep brain dissection. Prerequisite: PSY 110, 210 or 
permission; completion of a biology course is recommended. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as 
Psychology 358.) 

499. Psychobiology Seminar. Readings, discussions, and reports on selected topics in 
psychobiology. Prerequisite: permission. This course may be repeated. 1 credit. 

Faculty 
Dale J. Erskine, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. 

He teaches animal physiology, introduction to immunology, human biology, psychobiology, 
and participates in general biology. He believes in introducing his students to a wide range 
of laboratory experiences including modem instrumentation and computer-assisted data 
collection. His research interests are in temperature regulation and thermal tolerance, heat of 
women, and economic/social history of the Federal period. 

Stacy A. Hazen, assistant professor of biology. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches general biology, coordinates the general biology laboratories, and supervises the 

senior seminar. Her research interests include the functioning of carbonic anhydrase 

isozymes; and the role of PDH kinase in sepsis. 

34 



Sidney Pollack, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

He teaches courses in genetics, microbiology, human biology, and general biology. He is the 

academic adviser for students preparing for the allied health professions. His research 

interests include Paramecium genetics. 

Susan Verhoek, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., Cornell University. 

She teaches plant form and function at the general biology level, and form, interrelationships 
and systematics of non-vascular and vascular plants at the advanced level. Her research is 
on the pollination biology and systematics of members of the Agave family. A past president 
of the Society for Economic Botany, she has a long-standing interest in the interactions of 
plants and humans, and, as author of a field identification book, a continuing interest in plants 
that flower in the spring. 

Stephen E. Williams, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis. 

He teaches molecular biology, plant physiology and the biochemical portions of general 
biology. He is a plant and cell physiologist who, working together with Lebanon Valley 
College students and scientists at other institutions, has made most of the major contributions 
to the understanding of the physiology of carnivorous plants during the past 20 years, 
including the discovery of the mechanism of Venus flytrap closure. He has over six years of 
experience automating laboratory instruments with microcomputers. He is regularly a 
faculty member at Cornell University during the summer session. 

Paul L. Wolf, professor of biology. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

He teaches courses in general biology, comparative vertebrate anatomy, ecology and 

environmental science. His research interests focus on the ecology of wetlands with 

particular emphasis on saltmarshes of Eastern United States and methane production in 

freshwater marshes. He also holds the position of adjunct professor of marine biology in the 

Graduate College of Marine Studies, University of Delaware. 

Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., University of Vermont. 

He teaches comparative histology, developmental biology, invertebrate zoology, electron 

microscopy, general biology, and parasitology, and directs independent study in cell biology 

using electron microscopic and histological techniques. His current research utilizes the brine 

shrimp. Anemia, to study the cell and tissue levels of organization of the digestive. 

reproductive, and neurosensory systems. 

Anna F. Tilberg, adjunct instructor in biology. 

B.A., University of Pennsylvania. 

She is on the staff of the Milton Hershey Medical Center and teaches human biology. 



35 



DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The Department of Business Administration offers programs leading to the bachelor of 
science degree in accounting, business, health care management, hotel management and 
international business. The department also offers business concentrations in human re- 
source management, management, and marketing and minors in accounting, business and 
hotel management. The programs are designed to provide students with a sound, integrated 
knowledge of accounting, business, economics and communications as well as related 
courses from supporting disciplines. All programs are enhanced by the liberal arts core 
required of all Lebanon Valley College students, and by the extensive application of 
computers in relevant courses. This interdisciplinary knowledge base is essential for 
assuming leadership positions in the changing business environment. 

Business students complete a common body of knowledge in close conformity with the 
national standards for the study of business administration as recommended by the American 
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. A 36-hour core is required of all department 
majors to ensure a strong, comprehensive background in business fundamentals. As a result, 
graduates are prepared for business careers and graduate schools. 

Accounting Program 

The program in accounting offers the bachelor of science degree in accounting. Majors 
receive an excellent foundation for seeking professional certification as a C.P.A. or C.M.A. 
The accounting curriculum prepares the student for careers in public accounting, governmen- 
tal, industry, or finance. 

The curriculum includes an array of introductory, intermediate, and advanced accounting 
topics integrated with courses in business and other supporting fields. 

The 24 credit hours for the minor in accounting supply the minimum accounting background 
to sit for the C.P.A. exam. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in accounting. 

Major. Business core which includes ACT 151, 152; ECN 101, 102; ENG 210; MAS 170; 
BUS 230, 340, 350, 361, 371, 485; ACT 251, 252, 353; nine credit hours in accounting 
electives; BUS 322 (57 credits). 

Minor. ACT 151, 152, 251, 252, 353, six credit hours of accounting electives (21 credits). 

Courses in Accounting (ACT): 

151. Principles of Accounting I. Fundamental principles and concepts of accounting 
encompassing business transactions, the accounting cycle, and classified financial state- 
ments including discussion of various topics relating to balance sheet and income statement 
items. For accounting majors. Credit not awarded for both ACT 151 and ACT 161. 3 credits. 

36 



752. Principles of Accounting II. A continuation of Principles of Accounting I focusing 
upon accounting concepts, partnerships, and business transactions related to corporate 
liabilities, equity, and investments. Includes basic financial analysis. For accounting majors. 
Prerequisite: ACT 151 or ACT 161 with minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

161. Financial Accounting. Basic concepts of accounting including accounting for business 
transactions, preparation and use of financial statements, and measurement of owners' 
equity. An introductory course for non-accounting majors. Credit not awarded for both ACT 
151 and ACT 161. 3 credits. 

162. Managerial Accounting. Cost-volume-profit relationships, cost analysis, business 
segment contribution, profit planning and budgeting as a basis for managerial decision 
making. Prerequisite: ACT 151 or 161 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

257. Intermediate Accounting I. Study of the theory and development of generally accepted 
accounting principles as they relate to financial reporting; the application of these principles 
to the preparation of financial statements; special emphasis on revenue recognition as well 
as valuation, classification and disclosure of current assets 3 credits. 

252. Intermediate Accounting II. An analysis of financial statements, effects of errors and 
changes on statements, preparation of funds flow statement, and valuation problems, in 
accounting for leases and pensions and stockholder's equity. Prerequisite: ACT 251 with a 
minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

253. Intermediate Accounting III. Analysis of more specialized financial accounting topics 
including pension plans, post-retirement benefits, leases, income taxes, accounting charges. 
cash flow statement, financial statement analysis, and changing prices. Computer compo- 
nent. Strongly recommended for accounting majors. Highly recommended for accounting 
majors. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

351. Advanced Accounting. Study of theory and standards with application to income 
presentation, interim reporting, and per-share disclosures. Emphasis on business combina- 
tions and consolidated financial presentations. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

352. Governmental and Non-Profit Accounting. Basic concepts of fund and budgetary' 
accounting used for financial activities of governmental units and other not-for-profit 
organizations. Prerequisite: ACT 152. 3 credits. 

353. Cost Accounting. Analysis and use of techniques for cost management and control: the 
accumulation and recording of the costs including job-order, process and standard cost 
systems, the joint and by-product costing; contemporary topics such as activity based costing 
and just-in-time manufacturing. Prerequisite: ACT 152. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Field accounting or auditing experience in a business, government or other 
organization. Alternatively, participation in the Practicum in Accounting, a campus program 

37 



performing accounting services with participating area businesses. Ordinarily open to junior 
and senior accounting majors. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.75 or higher in major and permission 
of department chair. 1-15 credits. 

451. Individual Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to 
individuals; case problems, preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 152. 3 credits. 

452. Corporate Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to 
corporations, partnerships and fiduciaries; case preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 
451. 3 credits. 

455. Auditing. A study of the process of evaluation of internal controls and interpretation of 
financial information to permit an auditor to express a professional opinion on financial 
reports. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

500. Independent Study. A course to allow the student to investigate an accounting subject 
not incorporated into the curriculum. Ordinarily for juniors and seniors only. By permission 
of the department chair. 1-6 credits. 

Business Program 
This popular program offers the bachelor of science degree in business. This major is 
designed to prepare the student for a variety of entry-level and middle-management positions 
in industry, government, and service organizations. 

The business curriculum conforms closely to the national common body of knowledge 
recommended by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business and provides a 
solid background in the fundamentals of business. Majors select a concentration from three 
possible areas: human resource management, management, or marketing to specialize 
beyond the departmental core. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in business. 

Major: Business core which includes ECN 101, 102; ACT 161, 162; MAS 170; ENG 210; 
BUS 230, 340, 350, 361, 371, 485; and one of the following concentrations (57 credits): 

Human Resource Management - BUS 130, 322, 420, 425, 480; HIS 326; and one 
of the following: SWK 242; PSY 346, PSY 431. 

Management - BUS 130, 322, 380, 460, 480, 483; HIS 326. 

Marketing - BUS 130, 322, 341, 364, 374, 484; HIS 326. 

Minor: ACT 151 or 161; ECN 101; BUS 130, 230, 340, 371; one department elective (21 
credits). 

38 



Courses in Business (BUS): 

130. Principles of Business. An examination of the principles of business administration. 
Emphasis is on understanding the nature and composition of business organizations and the 
expectations of those preparing for entry into this field. 3 credits. 

215. Health Care Finance. An examination of the financial issues of health and medical care 
to determine how to provide the best health care to the most people in a cost-effective manner. 
Examination of the principal elements of health care, including the physician, the hospital, 
and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as the influence of government and the insurance 
industry. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

230. Management and Organizations. A study of management principles, organizational 
theory, and administrative techniques as applied to the effective and efficient operation of 
both profit and nonprofit organizations. Emphasizes the organization's structure, leadership, 
interpersonal relationships, and managerial functions. 3 credits. 

322. Quantitative Methods. An introduction to some of the quantitative methods used in 
modem management science and economics. Topics include probability concepts, forecast- 
ing, decision theory, linear programming, queuing theory, network models, and Markov 
analysis. Prerequisites: MAS 170 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

340. Principles of Marketing. An overview of marketing from the management perspective. 
Topics include marketing strategies; marketing research; consumer behavior; selecting 
target markets; developing, pricing, distributing, and promoting products and services and 
non-profit marketing. Prerequisite: junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

341. Consumer & Business Buying Behavior. Analysis of factors affecting purchase 
decisions in the marketplace; application of behavioral and social science concepts to the 
study of consumer behavior. Emphasis on use of knowledge of consumer behavior for 
marketing decisions. Prerequisite: BUS 230 and 340, or permission. 3 credits. 

350. Organizational Behavior. A detailed study of theories and models of organizational 
behavior and development, with emphasis on the practical application of these models in the 
workplace to improve individual, group, and organizational performance. Prerequisite: 
junior standing and BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits. 

361. Managerial Finance. A study of financial management covering analysis of asset, 
liability and capital relationships and operations; management of current assets and working 
capital; capital planning and budgeting; capital structure and dividend policy; short and 
intermediate term financing; internal and external long term financing; and other tlnancial 
topics. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 162; ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

362. Investments. An analysis of investment and its relation to other economic, legal, and 
social institutions. The course includes discussion of investment principles, machinery, 
policy, management investment types, and the development of portfolios for individuals and 

39 



institutions. Prerequisite: BUS 361. 3 credits. 

364. Advertising. The role advertising plays in American life and its effect upon consumer 
behavior. Analysis of media strategies, functions of advertising agencies, creation of 
successful advertisements, and the legal and ethical restraints on advertising. Prerequisite: 
BUS 340. 3 credits. 

371. Business Law I. Elementary principles of law relating to the field of business. The 
course covers contracts, government regulation of business, consumer protection, bank- 
ruptcy, personal property, real estate, bailments, insurance and estates. 3 credits. 

372. Business Law II. Elementary principles of law relating to business. Includes agency, 
employment, commercial paper, security devices, insurance, partnerships, corporation, 
estates, bankruptcy. 3 credits. 

374. Personal Selling and Sales Management. The study of personal selling as a 
communication process, and the management of the personal selling force. Emphasis is 
placed upon the development, implementation, and evaluation of the sales presentation; and 
upon the role of the sales manager in staffing, compensating, motivating, controlling, and 
evaluating the sales force. Effective oral and written communication is stressed. Prerequi- 
site: BUS 340 or permission. 3 credits. 

376. International Business Management. Studies management techniques and procedures 
in international and multinational organizations. Prerequisite: BUS 230, 340. 3 credits. 

380. Small Business Management. A study of small business, including organization, 
staffing, production, marketing, and profit planning. Cases are used extensively in presenting 
the course material. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 162; BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Field experience in a business, government, or organization Ordinarily for 
juniors and seniors, only. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.75 in major and permission of department 
chair. 1-15 credits. 

420. Human Resource Management. This course examines the problems in effectively 
recruiting, selecting, training, developing, compensating, and disciphning human resources. 
It includes discussions on both equal employment opportunity and labor-management 
relations. Prerequisite: BUS 230 or permission. 3 credits. 

425. Labor Management Relations. Emphasizes origin, growth, and development of labor 
organizations and their impact on management practices. Topics include legislation affecting 
industrial relations; collective bargaining; contract administration; industrial jurisprudence; 
and arbitration. Prerequisite: BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits. 

460. Management Information Systems. Examines data sources and the role of information 
in management planning, operations, and control in various types of business environments. 

40 



Treats information as a key organization resource parallel to people, money, materials, and 
technology. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 162; BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits. 

480. Contemporary Issues in Management. This course will focus on a study of contemp- 
orary issues that managers will be called upon to deal with in the management of businesses 
and organizations. Topics studied include drug testing in the workplace, the effects of AIDS 
on businesses, dual career couples, sexual harassment, stress, equal employment oppor- 
tunity, absenteeism, workforce diversity, gays and lesbians in the workforce, eldercare, 
smoking policies in the workplace, downsizing, the "Mommy Track" and "Glass Ceiling" for 
women in management, as well as other contemporary issues in management. Students will 
read current materials on each area and discuss the implications of each on American 
businesses and organizations. 3 credits. 

483. Operations Management. An overview of the production/operations management 
function as applied to both manufacturing and service organizations. It provides a back- 
ground of the concepts and processes used in the production/service operations area. 
Integrated throughout are considerations of the information systems, the people involved, the 
quantitative techniques employed, and the international implications. Prerequisite: BUS 230, 
322, or permission. 3 credits. 

484. Marketing Research. This course is an introduction to the methodology of marketing 
research. Specific topics covered include problem formulation, research design, sample 
design, data collection, analysis and interpretation of data, and presentation of research 
findings. Prerequisite: MAS 170; BUS 230, 340. 3 credits. 

485. Strategic Management. A capstone course to study administrative processes under 
conditions of uncertainty, integrating prior studies in management, accounting, and econom- 
ics. Uses case method and computer simulation. Prerequisites: BUS 230, 340, 36 1 and senior 
standing, or permission. 3 credits. 

487. Health Care Management. A capstone course to study the administrative processes of 
America's health care industry including institutional infra-structure, governance systems, 
financial systems, personnel systems, quality controls, nursing and cHnical services, and 
marketing. The course integrates prior study in health care, management, accounting, and 
economics. Students will develop problem solving skills and an appropriate management 
style. Prerequisite: senior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

500. Independent Study. A course to allow the student to investigate a management subject 
not incorporated into the curriculum. Ordinarily for juniors and seniors, only. By permission 
of the department chair. 1 - 6 credits. 

Health Care Management Program 
The major in health care management is designed for people in health care fields who possess 
an associate degree or diploma and professional certification. These qualifications are 
required for admission to the program. The program combines studies in the liberal arts and 
management, plus business practices common to the health care industry. 

41 



Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health care management. 

Major: Health Care Management/Business core: ACT 161, 162; BUS 215, 230, 487; ECN 
101, 102; ENG 111, 210; PHL 360; SOC 324; 12-15 credits in sociology, psychology, or 
other disciplines approved by the director of continuing education (at least six credits in 
courses at the 200 level or higher); and any four of the following courses (12 credits): BUS 
322, 340, 350, 361, 371, 372, 384, 420, 425, 480, 484; MAS 170(60-63 total). 

Admission to this degree program is open only to adults who have completed successfully 
an accredited diploma or associate degree program also with certification by a state 
governmental agency or a national professional accrediting organization in the following 
fields: Clinical Medical Assistant, Cytotechnologist, Dental Hygienist, Emergency Medical 
Technician, Medical Laboratory Technician, Nuclear Medicine Technologist, Occupational 
Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapy Assistant, Radiologic Technologist, Registered Nurse, 
Respiratory Therapist. 

Hotel Management Program 
The hotel management program offers the bachelor of science degree in hotel management. 
The major is designed to prepare students for entry and middle management positions in the 
rapidly expanding hotel industry. Graduates of this program find positions in the hotel 
industry as banquet managers, front desk managers, food and beverage managers, personnel 
managers, and hotel financial analysts. 

The program also offers a minor in hotel management that may be taken in conjunction with 
many other majors. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in hotel management. 

Major: Business core which includes ACT 161, 162; BUS 230, 340, 350, 361, 371, 485; 
ECN 101, 102; ENG 210; MAS 170; HTM 111, 112, 211, 222, 311, 322; and one 
of the following; HTM 231, 331, 431 (57 credits). 

Minor: HTM 111, 112, 211, 222, 231, 311; ACT 161 (21 credits). 

Courses in Hotel Management (HTM): 

111. Introduction to the Hospitality Industry. Examines the history, development and 
operation of the hospitality industry. Emphasis is on current organization problems, oppor- 
tunities and trends. An overview of how the hospitality industry functions in the world 
economy. Management orientation stressed. 3 credits. 

772. Front Office Management. An analysis of the integrated functions of the front office 
and housekeeping departments. Topics include work and information flow within and 
between departments, demand forecasting, pricing strategies, reservations and control, front 

42 



desk responsibilities, guest services, emergency procedures, night auditing, and a general 
introduction to the art of innkeeping. Materials, equipment and techniques involved in the 
housekeeping function will also be analyzed. Prerequisite: HTM 111.3 credits. 

211. Hotel Law. Fundamentals of hotel law including innkeeper laws and dramshop laws. 
The case study method develops an awareness and understanding of the legal problems 
confronting hotel managers. 3 credits. 

221. The Psychology and Sociology of Leisure. An analysis of the fundamental psychologi- 
cal and sociological concepts and theories related to the motivation for travel. Review of 
consumer behavior in the hotel industry. Evaluating customer needs and services. Prerequi- 
site: HTM 1 1 1 or permission. 3 credits. 

222. Food and Beverage Management I. Introduction to the food and beverage functions 
with emphasis on menu planning and purchasing. Includes fundamentals and language, 
systems, equipment, operational responsibilities, management organizational patterns, nu- 
trition, storage, and sanitation. Prerequisite: HTM 111.3 credits. 

231. Supervised Field Experience: Front Office Management. Emphasizes selected 
aspects of front office management. Accompanied by readings, reports, journals, and faculty 
conferences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field work in the hotel industry. 
Prerequisite: HTM 112 and permission. 3 credits. 

311. Advanced Hotel Management. An analysis of the following aspects of hotel organiza- 
tions: health, safety and security; building and grounds; equipment purchase, repair and 
maintenance; facilities design; renovation and maintenance; internal controls; and energy 
management. Prerequisite: HTM 112. 3 credits. 

322. Food and Beverage Management II. Analysis of the food and beverage functions with 
emphasis on production and services. Prerequisite: HTM 1 12. 3 credits. 

331. Supervised Field Experience: Marketing. Emphasizes selected aspects of marketing 
techniques and research. Accompanied by readings, reports, journals, and faculty confer- 
ences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field work in the hotel industry. Prerequisite: 
HTM 1 12, MGT 340 and permission. 3 credits. 

431. Supervised Field Experience: Accounting and Finance. Emphasizes selected aspects 
of accounting and financial management concepts and techniques. Accompanied by read- 
ings, reports, journals, and faculty conferences. One hundred thiity-five (135) hours of field 
work in the hotel industry. 3 credits. 

International Business Program 
The program in international business provides an opportunity to integrate the study of 
business with the knowledge of a foreign language, culture, and political science. It is 
designed to equip students with the background and skills necessary to work with foreign 

43 



corporations within the United States and with American corporations abroad. 

While acquiring a strong hberal arts background, students who elect this major will receive 
training in accounting, management, economics and political science. They also will become 
familiar with a foreign culture and will acquire proficiency in French, German or Spanish. 
International business majors are required to complete an international internship or a study 
abroad program. Internships must be approved by the department chairperson. Prerequisite: 
junior/senior standing. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in international business. 

Major: Business core which includes ACT 161, 162; ECN 101, 102; ENG 210; MAS 170; 
BUS 230, 340, 350, 361, 371, 485; and two of the following: ECN 322, PSC 210, 130, 312; 
and a minor in a foreign language. 

Faculty 
Donald C. Boone, associate professor of hotel management. 
M.B.A., Michigan State University. 

Boone has 18 years of hotel industry experience and has taught several years in hotel 
management programs. He serves as coordinator of the hotel management program and 
teaches courses in hotel management, financial and managerial accounting, and principles 
of management. Boone has received the designation of Certified Hotel Administrator from 
the Educational Institute of the AH&MA and he is a non-practicing C.P.A. 

Sharon F. Clark, professor of business administration. 
J.D., University of Richmond. 

Clark has experience in private law practice and several years as a supervisory tax attorney 
with the Internal Revenue Service. She serves as a management consultant to various state- 
wide organizations. Clark teaches courses in business law, labor relations, human resource 
management and management. She is a faculty member for the M.B.A. program. 

Cordelia W. Jennings, lecturer in accounting. 

M.B.A., Rutgers University. 

Jennings is a C.P.A. with extensive experience as a tax professional with both regional and 

"Big Six" accounting firms. She also has experience as a financial and accounting analyst for 

a Fortune 500 company. She teaches courses in accounting and business. 

Robert W. Leonard, associate professor of business administration. Chairperson. 
M.B.A., Ohio State University. 

Leonard has been a management consultant for 12 years, working with over 100 organiza- 
tions . He has received numerous state and federal training grants for his work with nonprofit 
organizations . He serves as director of the college's Supervisory Management Institute. He 
teaches courses in organizational behavior, management, managerial finance and manage- 
ment information systems and is a faculty member for the M.B.A. program. He has done 

Ph.D. study at Ohio State University. 

44 



Leon E. Markowicz, professor of business administration. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Markowicz is a communications consultant and a writer for The Daily News of Lebanon. His 

research includes investigating the relationships among communications, the effectiveness 

of an organization, and leadership. He teaches courses in communications. 

Barney T. Raffield III, professor of business administration. 
Ph.D., Union Graduate School. 

Raffield is working on a third edition of his textbook on marketing management and teaches 
courses in marketing, strategic management, advertising, consumer behavior and interna- 
tional business management. He is a faculty member for the M.B.A. program and consults 
with area businesses. 

Gail Sanderson, associate professor of accounting. 

M.B.A., Boston University. 

A C.P.A., Sanderson has professional experience in accounting, income tax, computer 

systems analysis and design. She teaches courses in financial and managerial accounting. 

Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, associate professor of accounting. 

J.D., Widener University. 

Vlaisavljevic has worked in the public sector as a C.P. A. for nine years. She teaches courses 

in auditing, governmental and non-profit accounting, and managerial accounting. 

James F. Bednarski, adjunct instructor in business administration. 
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College. 

Bednarski is President of The Patriot Group, a management consulting firm concentrating in 
strategic planning, information systems, process re-engineering and total quality manage- 
ment. He teaches courses in management information systems. 

Nancy L. Eastwood, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh. 

Eastwood has experience as a financial consultant for small businesses and a credit analyst 

in the banking industry. She teaches managerial finance and is an M.B.A. faculty member . 

Catherine M. Fitzgibbons, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

J.D., Northwestern University School of Law. 

Fitzgibbons is a partner in the law firm of Fitzgibbons & Fitzgibbons whose practice 

specializes in estate planning, small business and real estate. She teaches business law and 

is an M.B.A. faculty member. 

Donald R. Gross, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.B.A., Boston University. 

Gross is a Certified Financial Adviser and a self-employed financial and portfolio manager. 

He teaches courses in managerial finance. 



45 



Steven Pecsok, adjunct assistant professor of business administration. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. 

Pecsok designs software for decision making. He teaches courses in quantitative methods and 

economics. 

Jeff Tsai, adjunct assistant professor of business administration. 

Ph.D., Florida State University. 

Tsai works for the Pennsylvania Bureau of Information Systems and teaches courses in 

management information systems, operations management and economics. 




The business administration programs are designed to provide students with a sound, 
integrated knowledge of accounting, business, economics and communications. 



46 



DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 

Chemistry Program 
Chemistry is the "central science" that provides the fundamental understanding needed for 
protecting our environment, maximizing the yield from limited natural resources, improving 
our health, and creating new materials for tomorrow's products. Indeed, chemistry is 
essential to understanding life itself. 

Career opportunities in chemistry are numerous and diverse. Many students enter industrial 
or governmental laboratories where they find positions in environmental analysis, quality 
control, or research and development. Possibilities outside of the laboratory include teaching, 
sales, marketing, technical writing, business, and law. Many chemistry students continue 
their education in graduate school in chemistry or biochemistry, or in professional schools 
in the areas of medicine, dentistry, or veterinary medicine. 

The Department of Chemistry is located on the upper two floors of the Garber Science Center. 
Major scientific equipment available to students includes a nuclear magnetic resonance 
spectrometer, a liquid scintillation counter, a fourier transform infrared spectrometer, a high 
performance liquid chromatographic system, a diode-array UV-visible and Roman spectro- 
photometer, a gas chromatograph-mass spectrometer, and an atomic absorption 
spectrophotometer. Computers available to students in the department include 10 Power 
Macintosh computers in the Molecular Modeling Laboratory. 

The department encourages students to discover the excitement and challenge of laboratory 
research. Research programs are conducted during both the academic year and the summer. 
Students are paid for summer research either from college funds or from grants that 
professors receive to support their projects. 

Two degrees are available to those interested in chemistry, and one for those interested in 
biochemistry. The Bachelor of Science in Chemistry is the more demanding of the two 
degrees in chemistry, and is recognized by the American Chemical Society. This degree has 
a required research component and is recommended for students who wish to become 
practicing chemists or enroll in graduate school. Other students opt for the standard Bachelor 
of Science, majoring in chemistry. 

The major in biochemistry is offered jointly with the Biology Department. For the major 
program and course descriptions in biochemistry, see page 33. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degrees: Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science with a major in chemistr)'. 

Mfl/or5.-(B.S.inChemistry)CHMlll,112, 113, 114,213,214.215.216.222.305.306.307. 
308, 3 1 1 , 3 12, 32 1 , 322, 41 1 ; six credits from CHM 49 1-198 or 590 or BCH 42 1 . 422: four 
credits of CHM 510; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111,112 (63-64 credits). 



47 



(B.S., major in chemistry) CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 305, 306, 307, 
308, 31 1,312, 321, 322; six credits from CHM 421, 491-498; MAS 161, 162; PHY 11 1,1 12; 
(50-51 credits). 

Mmor; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114; 12credits from CHM213,214,222, 305,306,311, 312,411 
or BCH 421, 422; three credits from CHM 215, 216, 307, 308, 321, 322 or BCH 430. 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in chemistry 
must take BIO 111, 112; BCH 421; CHM 360 and 21 credits education courses including 
EDU 1 1 and SED 420, 430 and 440. 

Courses in Chemistry (CHM): 

100. Introduction to Chemistry. An introduction to the principles of chemistry including 
mathematical tools, atomic structure, stoichiometry, elementary concepts of equilibrium, 
bonding, and organic chemistry. Intended for non-science majors. Laboratory experience 
included. 4 credits. Students who hiave received credit for CHM 1 1 1 may not take CHM 100. 

109. Chemical Skills. A step-by-step approach to solving chemical problems. Topics 
include the application of mathematical tools in introductory chemistry and techniques for 
finding the proper approach to solve problems. The course is designed to be taken 
concurrently with CHM 111.1 credit. 

Ill, 112. Principles of Chemistry I, II. An introduction to chemistry for the science major. 
First semester topics include atomic and molecular structure, chemical reactions, calcula- 
tions involving chemical concentrations, gas laws, and bonding. Second semester covers 
kinetics, acids and bases, equilibrium, oxidation-reduction chemistry, thermodynamics, 
electrochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite: one year of high school chemistry or 
permission. 3 credits per semester. 

113, 114. Introductory Laboratory I, II. Laboratory courses to accompany 111 and 112. 
Experiments cover stoichiometry, gas laws, quantitative analysis, equilibrium, electrochem- 
istry, chemical synthesis, and the use of computers for collecting data. Students are 
introduced to instrumentation including infrared, UV-visible, NMR and atomic absorption 
spectrometers. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 1 1 1 for CHM 1 13 and CHM 1 12 for CHM 

1 14. 1 credit per semester. 

213, 214. Organic Chemistry I, II. An introduction to the principles of organic chemistry. 
The focus of the course is on the structure of organic molecules and how the structure of 
various functional groups affects their reactivity. The concepts of reactivity, structure and 
mechanism are applied to organic synthesis. Prerequisite: CHM 1 12. 3 credits per semester. 

215, 216. Organic Laboratory I, II. An introduction to the practice of classical organic 
chemistry and modem instrumental organic chemistry. The techniques of organic synthesis 
are taught along with instrumental methods including infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, 
and mass spectrometry. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 1 14 and CHM 213 for CHM 215 
and CHM 214 for CHM 216. 1 credit per semester. 

48 



222. Introductory Inorganic Chemistry. The application of elementary principles of 
chemistry to provide a basis for understanding the physical and chemical properties of the 
elements. Topics include periodicity, acidity or basicity of metal cations and oxoanions, 
precipitation reactions, oxidation-reduction chemistry and the structures of solids. Prereq- 
uisite: CHM 112. 3 credits. 

305. Analytical Chemistry. Gravimetric, volumetric, and electro-chemical methods of 
chemical analysis covered. Includes statistical methods of data treatment and rigorous 
considerations of complex chemical equilibria. Prerequisites: CHM 1 12 and MAS 161.3 credits. 

306. Instrumental Analysis. Basic types of chemical instrumentation and their applications 
in analytical chemistry are examined. These include gas and liquid chromatography; 
infrared, UV-VIS, fluorescence, atomic absorption, and plasma emission spectrophotom- 
etry; nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry; and radiochemical methods. 
Prerequisites: CHM 1 12 and MAS 161.3 credits. 

307. Quantitative Analysis Laboratory. Techniques of gravimetric, volumetric, and electro- 
chemical analysis are applied to the analysis of unknowns. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 
305. 1 credit. 

308. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory. Chemical instrumentation is utilized in analytical 
method development and analysis. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 306. 1 credit. 

311. Physical Chemistry I. The study of thermodynamic laws and functions, including phase 
and reaction equilibria. Systems under study include ideal and real gases, ideal and non-ideal 
solutions, and multi-component phase transitions. Prerequisites: CHM 1 12, MAS 161 , and 
PHY 104or 112. 3 credits. 

372. Physical Chemistry II. The study of chemical systems from a molecular perspective. 
Basic concepts of quantum chemistry and statistical theory applied to atomic and molecular 
structure. Also included are electrochemistry, kinetics, and transport processes. Prerequisite: 
CHM 31 1.3 credits. 

321, 322. Physical Laboratory I,II. Application of chemical instrumentation to a study of the 
principles of physical chemistry. Experimental work involves calorimetry, refractometry, 
conductivity, viscometry, and atomic absorption, FTIR, UV-VIS, and NMR spectroscopy 
applied to the study of phase and reaction equilibria, kinetics, and atomic and molecular 
structure. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 3 1 1 for CHM 321 and CHM 312 for CHM 322. 
1 credit per semester. 

360. The Teaching of Chemistry in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students 
seeking certification to teach chemistry in secondary education. Topics include evaluation 
of laboratory experiments, demonstrations, textbooks, and computer software. Prerequisites: 
CHM 112, 114. 3 credits. 



49 



411. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. A study of bonding theories, molecular structure, 
spectroscopy, and reaction mechanisms with special emphasis on transition metal com- 
plexes. Prerequisite: CHM 312. 3 credits. 

421. Chemometrics. The application of multivariate statistics to experimental design and 
data analysis. Topics include experimental design, pattern recognition, calibration, optimi- 
zation, signal processing and peak resolution. Some familiarity with computers and chemical 
instrumentation is recommended. Prerequisite: CHM 1 1 2. 3 credits 

510. Chemical Research. Chemical research conducted under the supervision of a faculty 
member. This course introduces the students to the methods and analysis involved in 
research. A major written report and an oral presentation are required. Prerequisites or 
corequisites: CHM 305 and 311 and senior standing. 1 to 4 credits per semester. 

810. Computers in Chemistry. A hands-on study of the application of Macintosh computers 
to problems in the high school chemistry curriculum. Topics include word-processing, 
graphics, spreadsheets, applications of computer interfacing, molecular modeling, and the 
Internet. 3 credits. 

Course in Science (SCI): 

100. Introduction to Science. The study of scientific principles and experiments applicable 
to a person's everyday experiences. Student projects are selected from the areas of biology, 
chemistry, and physics. The course is open to all students, and is appropriate for those 
intending to teach elementary school. Laboratory experience included. 4 credits. 

Faculty 
Richard D. Cornelius, professor of chemistry. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of Iowa; postdoctoral research, University of Wisconsin. 
Inorganic chemistry. Cornelius works at the border of inorganic chemistry and biochemistry. 
He has earned a national reputation for his work with computers in chemical education and 
is currently exploring the educational possibilities of the World Wide Web. He also is 
revising the general chemistry course for science majors to include a variety of everyday 
experiences as the organizing force for the course. 

Donald B. Dahlberg, professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Cornell University; postdoctoral work, University of Toronto. 
Physical chemistry and chemometrics. Dahlberg does research in the application of multi- 
variate statistics to chemical problems. He is also an industrial consultant in this area. He is 
presently studying the use of chemometrics and Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy in 
the analysis of edible oils. Food manufacturers must perform dozens of expensive and time- 
consuming analyses to guarantee the quality of their products. Through the use of modem 
chemical instrumentation and sophisticated mathematical techniques, it may be possible to 
replace these tests with just one. 



50 



Owen A. Moe Jr., professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Purdue University; postdoctoral study, Cornell University. 

Biochemistry. Moe directs his research toward an understanding of enzyme active sites. He 

uses a technique called affinity labeling to covalently label amino acid residues at enzyme 

active sites. His research group carries out kinetic analyses of modified enzymes, identifies 

labeled amino acids by chromatographic and protein sequencing methods, and studies active 

site topography using computer-based molecular modeling. 

Philip J. Oles, visiting assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Massachusetts. 

Analytical chemistry. Oles has extensive experience in chemical industry in the area of 

analyzing foods for various nutrients. 

Carl T. Wigal, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Miami University, Ohio. 

Organic chemistry. Wigal' s research is aimed at developing new strategies for synthesizing 

natural products. Of particular interest to Wigal are the synthetic and mechanistic aspects of 

addition reactions to 1 ,4-quinones. He also is actively developing microscale experiments for 

organic chemistry. 

H. Anthony Neidig, professor and chairperson emeritus. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

Recipient of the Chemical Manufacturers' Association College Chemistry Teacher Award 

in 1970 and the E. Emmet Reid Award for excellence in teaching in a small college in 1978. 

Neidig' s pursuits include the development and publication of laboratory experiments for 

introductory chemistry. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, adjunct instructor in chemistry. 

B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 

Johnston is focusing her efforts on the development of science cumcula for the elementary 

school classroom and on instructing those studying to teach in the elementary school. 

John L. Snyder, adjunct assistant professor of chemistry. 
Ph.D., Villanova University. 

Linda F. Ebright, adjunct assistant professor of chemistry. 
M.S., University of Pittsburgh. 



51 



DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 

The Department of Education prepares students for both elementary and secondary teaching. 
Post-baccalaureate certification is also available for those who wish to become elementary 
or secondary school teachers or for those already certified who want to add elementary or 
secondary education to an existing certificate. Dual certification, at both the elementary and 
secondary levels, or in more than one secondary area, is possible; however, such certification 
requires meticulous attention to scheduling and often requires additional semesters. 

The Education Department is intent on preparing well-rounded and qualified graduates who 
will exercise genuinely professional and personal leadership roles in the schools and 
communities where they will work. 

Education Program 
Degree Requirements: 
There is no major in education. 

Minor: EDU 1 10, GPY 212; one of ELM 270, ELM 341, ELM 361; one of ELM 250, ELM 
332, GPY 111; one of EDU 310, 346, SED 420; ELM 280 or SED 280, 1-3 credits (16-18 
credits). 

Courses in Education (EDU): 

110. Foundations of Education. A study of the legal, social, historical and philosophical 
foundations of American education correlated with a survey of the principles and theories of 
influential educators. Includes required field practicum. 3 credits. 

310. The Education of the Exceptional Child. An introduction to current research and 
practices concerning the range of exceptionalities in children. The course includes attention 
to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Various resource personnel are 
invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a minimum of one hour per week field 
experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of exceptional children. Prerequi- 
sites: EDU 110, PSY 100 or PSY 210, and permission of instructor. Limited to teacher 
certification candidates only. 3 credits. 

346. Educational Technology and Instructional Media. An introduction to the media and 
technology used for educational communications. Includes materials, equipment, character- 
istics, and competencies for effective use. Covers a wide range of media from chalk to 
computers. Limited to sophomore education majors or to other teacher certification candi- 
dates with permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Elementary Education (Teacher Certification) Program 

The Education Department is committed to preparing elementary education majors who have 
a thorough grounding in the disciplines they will teach within the context of a strong liberal 
arts foundation. The program includes intensive training in the content and methodologies 
of all elementary school subjects. 



52 



The field-centered component in the program provides extensive and carefully sequenced 
opportunities to work with teachers and children in a variety of school settings during all four 
years of preparation for teaching. The Education Department has established strong relation- 
ships with local public, parochial and private schools. Majors spend an average of two hours 
per week each semester in various public school classrooms, observing teachers and children, 
aiding, tutoring, providing small-group and whole-class instruction, and completing tasks 
on increasingly challenging levels of involvement. Seniors spend the fall semester in full- 
time student teaching with cooperating teachers who have been carefully chosen for that role. 
Additional opportunities are provided for our students to work in nursery schools, child care 
centers. Head Start programs, middle schools, and in classes for exceptional children. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in elementary education. 

Major: Elementary education majors must take: EDU 1 10, 310; ELM 220, 250, 270, 280, 
332, 341, 342, 344, 361, 362, 499; ART 401; GPY 1 11; HIS 125; MAS 100 or equivalent; 
PSY 100 or 210, 220, 321 (60 credits). 

Note: Students who are pursuing teacher certification must complete 12 credit hours of 
ELM 440 Student Teaching in addition to completing all requirements for the major 
in Elementary Education. 

Courses in Elementary Education (ELM): 

220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education majors 
in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, singing, 
using notation, listening, movement, and creative applications. 3 credits. {Cross-Usted as 
Music 220.} 

250. Mathematics in the Elementary School. A study of basic preschool to sixth grade 
mathematical concepts with major emphasis on the NCTM Standards, the integration of 
media and technology, writing across the curriculum, student assessments, and exceptional 
children. Attention is given to the development of hands-on teaching activities, simulations, 
and experiences which can be utilized effectively with any classroom population. 3 credits. 

260. Principles and Practices in Early Childhood Education. An introduction to contem- 
porary research, theories, programs, curricula, methods, and materials in early childhood 
education, nursery school through grade 2. Includes required field experience in a local early 
childhood center. Limited to teacher certification candidates or permission of the instructor. 
3 credits. 

270. Children's Literature. A study of literature for children from infants through grade 8, 
including extensive classroom examination of books, poetry, storytelling, and resources in 
children's literature. Includes participation in the public or school library programs for 
children and youth. Limited to teacher certification candidates or permission of the instructor. 
3 credits. 

53 



280. Field Practicum in the Elementary School. Supervised field experiences in appropriate 
school settings. Prerequisite: permission. 1-3 credits. 

332. The Physical Sciences in the Elementary School. A study of basic concepts in general 
science, earth and space science, physical and biological science, and environmental studies 
based on the Pennsylvania Science Benchmarks for Science Education. The course empha- 
sizes the experiential nature of science in the elementary classroom with special attention to 
materials, media and technology, writing across the curriculum, authentic assessment, 
exceptional children, and methodologies appropriate for kindergarten through sixth grade 
students. The course integrates a multidisciplined, whole language approach to teaching 
physical and environmental science. 3 credits. 

341, 342. Teaching of Reading I, II. The fundamentals of teaching children to read from the 
readiness programs of early childhood education to the more comprehensive techniques 
required to teach reading in all subject areas of the curricula in elementary and middle 
schools. Effective reading programs, methods, and materials are examined first hand. 
Includes during each semester one hour per week of reading enrichment for selected 
elementary school students. Prerequisite: ELM 270. 3 credits per semester. 

344. Health Education in the Schools. Provides the background information and skills 
teachers need to implement comprehensive school health education. The course includes 
information on the six categories of risk behavior identified by the Center for Disease Control 
and Prevention. The course examines the objectives of Healthy People 2000, the eight 
components in comprehensive school health, the Safe Schools Act, the National Health 
Education Standards, comprehensive school health programs, the 10 content areas of health 
education, and instructional strategies and materials appropriate to the teaching of health in 
today's schools. Attention is given to the ethical, moral, and religious issues often associated 
with this area of the school curriculum. 3 credits. 

361. Language Arts in the Elementary School. The content, methods and materials for 
teaching oral and written language beginning with early childhood: listening, speaking, 
creative and practical writing, creative dramatics, handwriting, grammar and usage, spelling, 
reading, and thinking. The course emphasizes media and technology, authentic assessment, 
and exceptional children' s language development. The course is designed to assist preservice 
teachers in helping children to communicate effectively and responsibly through a process 
writing, whole language, literature based, multidisciplined approach to teaching. 3 credits. 

362. Social Studies in the Elementary School. An examination of the content, methods and 
role of social studies in the elementary school, beginning with early childhood. The 
curriculum is examined from two vantage points: the daily lives of children as they relate to 
developing values and attitudes and the planned study of people as they live and have lived 
in our world. The development of a teaching unit and the examination of learning resources 
are required. 3 credits. 



54 



440. Student Teaching. Each student spends an entire semester in an area school under the 
supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors only. A major grade 
point average of at least 2.0 and a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 are required. 
Prerequisites: EDU 110; GPY HI; HIS 125; PSY 220,321; ELM 220, 250, 270, 280, 332, 
341, 342, 344, 361, 362, and permission of the Education Department faculty. 12 credits. 

499. Senior Seminar. Special topics related to current concerns in education are researched 
and presented by the students in the course. Issues related to teaching and to further 
professional growth are explored. Students are required to do extensive and varied kinds of 
formal and informal writing on assigned and self-selected topics in education. 3 credits. 

Secondary Teacher Certification Program 
Students pursuing secondary teacher certification are prepared for teaching by completing an 
intensive program in the departmental major(s) of their choice in conjunction with a carefully 
sequenced professional education component within the Education Department. Both the 
major program and the professional education component are completed within the context 
of a strong foundation in the liberal arts. 

Departmental majors may seek certification in biology, chemistry. English, French, German. 
Spanish, mathematics, physics, and social studies. 

Opportunities are provided candidates to observe and to teach in junior high and high school 
settings prior to the full-time student teaching semester. Cooperating teachers are selected 
through a process involving college faculty, public school personnel, and the student 
teachers, thus assuring the most beneficial placements possible. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major in education for those interested in secondary teaching. Students complete 

the requirements in their chosen major and the designated professional education courses. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: biology, 
chemistry. English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, physics, and social studies.) 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must complete 
the approved program in the chosen major and 21 credits in education courses, consisting of 
EDU 1 10 and SED 420. 430 and 440. SED 280 or SED 430 must be taken in the fall or spring 
semester immediately preceding the student teaching semester. SED 280 should be taken at 
least once prior to SED 440. SED 420 and 440 comprise the student teaching semester of the 
senior or post graduate year. 

Courses in Secondaiy Education (SED): 

280. Field Practicum in the Secondary School. Supervised field experiences in appropriate 
school settings. Designed to offer practical experiences for prospective secondary teachers 
or students planning an educational ministry. Prerequisites: pennission. 1-3 credits. 



55 



420. Human Growth and Development. A survey of human characteristics, research in 
developmental psychology and their implications for teaching and learning at the middle 
school and secondary school levels. Prerequisite: EDU 1 10; secondary teacher certification 
candidate; junior or senior status; approval of instructor. 3 credits. 

430. Practicum and Methods. A study of the basic principles and procedures for middle school 
and secondary classroom management and instruction. Prerequisite: EDU 110; secondary 
teacher certification candidate; junior or senior status; approval of instructor. 3 credits. 

440. Student Teaching. Students spend an entire semester in an area school under the 
supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors only. Requirements are: 

(1) a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 

(2) a grade point average of at least 2.00 in the major field 

(3) completion of all courses required of the major for student teaching 

(4) completion of professional education courses required for student teaching 

(5) approval of the major adviser and of the Education Department faculty. 

Prerequisites: EDU 1 10, SED 430. SED 420 is normally taken concurrently with SED 440. 
12 credits. 

Geography Program 
A course in geography is offered to acquaint students with the physical and cultural aspects 
of the world in which they live and to introduce them to geography as a discipline. The course 
is recommended for all students who wish to broaden their understanding of the world. 

Course in Geography (GPY): 

111. Physical Geography and Its Impact. A survey of the physical aspects of the earth and 
its impact on life through the Six Themes of Geography developed by the National 
Geography Standards. Attention is given to the solar system, the earth's movements, climate, 
weather, landforms, ecology, environmental awareness, and the processes that form and 
change the earth's surface. Students explore, through different modes of media and technol- 
ogy and a variety of hands-on activities, the impact that physical geography has on their 
everyday lives. A Whole Language, multidisciplined approach to teaching geography is 
presented. Requirement for elementary education certification. Prerequisite: Elementary 
Education major or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Susan L. Atkinson, associate professor of education. 
Ed.D., Temple University. 

She teaches method courses in mathematics, science, social studies, and language arts, plus 
courses in the foundations of education and physical geography. Supervises student teachers. 
Her research interests are in the area of matching student/teacher learning styles to increase 
academic achievement. Her interests include multidisciplined curricula, classroom manage- 
ment and early childhood education. She is the adviser for the college' s professional teaching 
organization, which includes secondary, elementary, and music education majors. 

56 



Michael A. Grella, professor of education. Chairperson. 
Ed.D., West Virginia University. 

He teaches courses in children's Uterature, reading, early childhood education, and excep- 
tional children. He coordinates reading-related practica in the public schools and supervises 
student teachers. He serves as the department' s chief liaison with public school personnel and 
with the Pennsylvania Department of Education. He maintains a special interest in the 
acquisition of literacy at the primary grade levels and in learning disabilities. 

Donald E. Kline, assistant professor of education. 
Ed.D., Lehigh University. 

He teaches courses in educational foundations, educational technology, secondary method- 
ology, and supervises student teachers. He serves as the director of instructional design and 
technology in the department to develop and promote the integration of the computer and 
other instructional media in all phases of teacher preparation. 

Dale E. Summers, associate professor of education. 

Ed.D., Ball State University. 

He teaches courses in educational foundations, world cultural geography, American cultural 

geography, elementary social studies, secondary school curricula and methodologies, and 

adolescent development. He serves as supervisor of student teachers and helps to monitor 

pre-student teaching field experiences. He maintains a particular interest in special education 

for the emotionally disturbed at both the elementary and secondary level. 

Linda L. Summers, instructor in education. 

M.A., Ball State University. 

She serves as the director of elementary and secondary field experiences for the Education 

Department. She teaches courses in educational foundations, language arts, social studies, 

and health. She supervises elementary and secondary student teachers. Areas of interest in 

education include early childhood education, thematic approaches to learning, the use of 

integrated curriculum, and cooperative learning. 



57 



DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH 

English Program 
The major in English introduces students to the humanistic study of language. While English 
majors may choose to concentrate in literature, communications or secondary education, the 
basis for all concentrations is the study of literature. All majors also learn the skills of clear, 
concise and correct expression as well as of effective collection, organization, and presen- 
tation of material. Such study prepares the student for graduate work in literature or 
communications, or for professional study in such fields as law or theology. Graduates of the 
Department of English are also prepared to work in journalism, teaching, editing, public 
relations, publishing, advertising, government, and industry. 

Departmental Honors: English majors with a major GPA of 3.5 at the end of the junior year 
are eligible to apply for departmental honors. Details are available from the department 
chairperson. 

The English Department offers a major program with concentrations in literature, commu- 
nications, and secondary education, as well as minors in literature, communications and 
theater. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in English. 

Major: Core requirements: ENG 120 ; three from 221-229 (at least two of the three must be 
from 221-226); 321 ; 341 or 342; (18 credits). Students must choose one of the concentrations 
below in addition to the core. 

Literature concentration: Three additional survey courses (ENG 221-229); 370; three from 
among 330, 350, 390-literature courses (39 total credits). 

Communications concentration: ENG 099; ENG 140; five additional communications 
courses (ENG 202-218, 310-315, 390-communications); three credits of ENG 400 (39 total 
credits). 

Secondary Education concentration: One additional survey course from ENG 221-229 (the 
total of four surveys must include at least three from 221-226); two from among ENG 202, 
213, and 218; three from among 330, 350, 370, 390; and ENG 360 (39 total credits). 

To be certified by the state, secondary education concentrators must also complete EDU 110, 
SED 420, SED 430, and SED 440. 

Minor (Literature): ENG 120; ENG 221 or 222; two from ENG 225, 226, 227, 228, 229; two 
additional 300-level literature courses (18 credits). 



58 



Minor (Communications): ENG 120; ENG 140; ENG 221 or 222; three additional commu- 
nications courses (202-218, 310-315, 390-communications) (18 credits). 

Minor (Theater): ENG 120; ENG 202; ENG 204; ENG 341; ENG 342; one drama-related 
course from among 330, 350, or 390 ( 18 credits). 

Courses in English (ENG): 

099. Internship Portfolio. A formal collection of the student's previous communications- 
oriented work, to be submitted to the department as part of the student' s formal request to take 
ENG 400 (Internship). Graded SatisfactoryAJnsatisfactory. Offered every semester. credits. 

101, 102. English as a Second Language: Speaking, Reading, and Listening I, II. 

Emphasis on advanced speaking, reading, and listening skills for students for whom English 
is the second language. The second semester continues work on the same skills. 3 credits. 

103, 104. English as a Second Language: Writing I, II. Emphasis on constructing the 
academic essay for students for whom English is the second language. The second semester 
continues work on the same skills. 3 credits. 

///, 112. English Communications I, II. Both semesters help the student fmd her or his own 

voice within the demands and expectations of public expression. Both courses emphasize the 
development of clear, organized and rhetorically effective written prose. 1 12 also empha- 
sizes speaking, reading, and research skills. Prerequisite for 112: 111 or permission of 
chairperson. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Literature. An introduction to literary genres and to the basic 
methodology, tools, terminology and concepts of the study of literature. Usually offered 
every semester. 3 credits. 

140. Introduction to Mass Communications. An introduction to career-oriented uses of 
language and to the skills used universally by reporters, editors, advertising copywriters, 
public relations personnel, and technical writers. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

202. Theater Workshop. A workshop in the elements of theater with classroom practice in 
production of scenes and whole plays. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

204. Theater Production and Performance. Instruction in all aspects of producing and 
performing a full-length play. Preference given to students who have completed ENG 202 
(Theater Workshop). Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

210. Management Communications. The development of writing, speaking and listening 
skills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112. or permission of the 
instructor. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 



59 



213. Journalism. The development of the basic skills of journalistic writing such as 
interviewing, covering meetings, gathering and reporting news, and writing features accord- 
ing to standard formats and styles; the course also covers legal and ethical aspects of 
joumahsm. Writing intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112, or permission of the 
instructor. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

214. Creative Writing: Poetry. A workshop in writing poetry. Usually offered alternate fall 
semesters. 3 credits. 

215. Creative Writing: Fiction. A workshop in writing short fiction. Usually offered 
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

216. Technical Applications in Writing. The development of writing, speaking, and 
illustrating skills to convey specialized, often technical information to a non-technical 
audience. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112 or permission of the instructor. Usually offered 
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

218. Oral Communication. Introduction to informative, persuasive, and other types of oral 
communication, with emphasis on the student's own performance as well as the judgment of 
others' performance. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

227. Survey of American Literature 1. A survey of selected major American authors from 
the colonial period to about 1900. Writing intensive. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

222. Survey of American Literature II. A survey of selected major American authors from 
about 1900 to the present. Writing intensive. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

225. Survey of English Literature I. A survey of selected major English authors from the 
Middle Ages to about 1800. Writing intensive. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 
3 credits. 

226. Survey of English Literature II. A survey of selected major English authors from about 
1 800 to the present. Writing intensive. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

227. World Literature I. A survey of selected major writers from earliest literate history to 
about 1000 A.D. About two-thirds of the literature studied will come from western Europe, 
the rest from non-western cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

228. World Literature 11. A survey of selected major writers from about 1 000 to about 1 800 
A.D. About two-thirds of the literature studied will come from western Europe, the rest from 
non-western cultures. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

229. World Literature III. A survey of selected major non- writers from about 1800 to the 
present. About two-thirds of the literature studied will come from Europe and Russia, the rest 
from non-western cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

60 



310. Advanced Journalism. Builds upon basic journalistic skills by requiring students to 
read and write long pieces of investigative and feature reporting. Writing intensive. 
Prerequisite: ENG 213. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

312. Writing for Radio and TV. Theory and technique of writing news and features for 
broadcast media. Editing and rewriting press association dispatches, gathering local news, 
recording interviews and preparing newscasts and feature programs. Prerequisite: ENG 140. 
Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

313. Advertising Copy and Layout. Principles and techniques of copy writing; selection and 
presentation of sales points; creative strategy in production of layouts. Prerequisite: ENG 
140. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

314. Public Relations. Purposes and methods of modern public relations as practiced by 
business and industry, organizations and institutions, trades and professions. Public opinion 
evaluation. Planning of public relations programs. Prerequisite: ENG 140. Usually offered 
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

315. Editing. Editing theory and exercises in copyreading, rewriting and headlining. Writing 
intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 140. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

327, History and Grammar of the English Language. An examination of the evolution of 
English phonology, morphology, syntax, and vocabulary, including current conventions and 
usage. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

330. Literary Genres. A study of one of the various forms of literature, such as the narrative 
poem, the lyric poem, the novel, the short story, drama, film, the essay, biography and 
autobiography. The genre will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated for credit 
when it involves a genre the student has not previously studied. Writing intensive. Pre- 
requisite: Eng 120 or a 200-level survey (ENG 221-229). Usually offered every semester. 
3 credits. 

341. Shakespeare I. A concentrated study of early Shakespearean drama, especially the 
comedies and the histories. Writing intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey 
(ENG 221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

342. Shakespeare II. A concentrated study of late Shakespearean drama, especially the 
tragedies and the romances. Writing intensive, prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey 
(ENG 221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

350. Major Authors. Intensive study of one or two major American or British authors. 
Recent subjects have included Faulkner, Joyce, Woolf, Gates, Morrison. Chaucer. Milton. 
Pound, and Williams. The authors will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated for 
credit. Writing intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey (ENG 221-229). 
Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

61 



360. The Teaching of English in Secondary Schools. The teaching of writing and Uterature 
in the junior high and high school classroom, exploring literary, pedagogical, and composi- 
tion theory as they apply to actual teaching practice. Writing intensive, prerequisites: ENG 
120 and EDU 1 10. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

370. Literary Theory and Its Applications. An introduction on both a theoretical and a 
practical level to a number of major theoretical and critical approaches to literature. 
Prerequisite: ENG 120. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

390. Special Topics. Topics vary from semester to semester. Recent topics have included 
Native American Literature, Myths and Their Meaning, Revolutions, Sports and Literature, 
Irish Literature, Gender and Communication, the Vietnam War in American Literature. May 
be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: ENG 120ora200-level survey (ENG 22 1-229). Usually 
offered every semester. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience, on or off campus, related to 
the student's career interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally 
hmited to juniors and seniors. Prerequisites: ENG 099; permission of the chairperson; 
application form from Registrar' s office must be completed prior to registration. 1-12 credit 
hours. 

Faculty 
Philip A. Billings, professor of English. 
Ph.D., Michigan State University. 

He teaches courses in world and American literature as well as poetry and fiction writing. His 
publications include poems and articles in various magazines and two books of poems based 
on the lives of people in the immediate area. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, assistant professor of English. 
M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania. 

She teaches courses in editing, public relations, journalism, and modem hterature. Experi- 
enced in journalism, business, and free-lance writing, she recently completed a summer 
program in nature writing at Bennington College. 

Phylis C. Dryden, associate professor of English. 

D.A., State University of New York at Albany. 

She teaches courses in management communication, linguistics, communications theory, 

and American literature. In addition she directs the department internship program. She has 

published numerous poems, stories, and journalistic articles; and she has won two NEH 

Summer Seminar grants for literary study. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, professor of English. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., Boston University. 

He teaches courses in American literature, American studies, editing, and grammar. He has 

been a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany and has published several articles on American 

cultural criticism and twentieth century poetry. 

62 



John P. Kearney, professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

He teaches courses in Shakespeare, British literature, and technical writing as well as an 

interdisciplinary course in revolutions. He is a Victorian literature scholar who is writing a 

book on Charles Dickens. 

Mary K. Pettice, assistant professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Houston. 

She teaches courses in journalism, creative writing, and modern British and American 

literature. She also advises the student newspaper. Experienced in the newspaper and 

publishing worlds, she has also published poetry and short stories. 

Kevin B. Pry, lecturer in English. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Dramaturge for local theater companies, he teaches courses in world literature, dramatic 

literature, and theater workshop and production. He also advises the student drama club. 




The English Department offers a major with concentrations in literature, 
communications and secondaiy education. 



63 



DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

The study of a foreign language has three aims: to develop fluency in the basic communica- 
tion skills, to provide an understanding of the cultural heritage of the people who use the 
language, and to understand language as the fundamental medium by which humankind 
thinks and interacts. 

The Department of Foreign Languages prepares the language major for a career in a variety 
of fields: teaching, diplomatic and government service, foreign trade, business and social 
service. For many of these careers the study of a foreign language is often combined with 
majors in other disciplines. 

The department encourages students to avail themselves of the college's opportunities for 
foreign travel and study, particularly Lebanon Valley College programs in Cologne, 
Germany; Montpellier, France; and Salamanca, Spain. 

The Department of Foreign Languages offers majors in French, German and Spanish, 
secondary teacher certification in foreign language, as well as minors in the three languages. 
The department also offers the major in International Business jointly with the Management 
Department. 

Foreign Languages Program 
Degree Requirements: 
No major is offered in foreign language. Majors are offered in French, German and Spanish. 

Elementary or Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking elementary or secondary 
certification in a foreign language must take FLG 360 and 21 credits in education courses 
including EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 and ELM or SED 440. 

Courses in Foreign Language (FLG): 

260. Approaches to Culture. A survey of contemporary life in French, German and Spanish 
speaking countries. Topics may include customs, values, social structures, geography, and 
current issues. Taught in English. 3 credits. 

350. Linguistics. A study of the field of linguistics. Investigates language as a system of signs 
and as a culturally conditioned behavior. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Foreign Language in Schools. A comprehensive study of modem 
teaching methods, with emphasis on practicing basic classroom skills for elementary through 
secondary school level instruction. Prerequisite: FRN 202, GMN 202, or SPA 202. 3 credits. 

French Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in French. 



64 



Major: 24 credits in French above the intermediate level, FLG 350 (27 credits) For teaching 
certification, FLG 360 is required. 

Minor: 18 credits in French above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation 
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Courses in French (FRN): 

101, 102. Elementary French I,II. Introductory courses in French. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in French. Also offers insights into French-speaking 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate French 1,11. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
French course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills - listening, 
speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of French- 
speaking people. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken French. Discussions on a wide 
range of topics related to French life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Intensive practice in written French. Develop- 
ment of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on contemporary 
French writing and issues. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business French. A study of the language of business and business practices of France 
and French-speaking countries. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of French: Intensive Listening Comprehension Skills. An intensive 
listening comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many registers 
of spoken French: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversation, 
announcements, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a listening 
immersion in the Francophone world. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. Issues in French Culture. Discussion of an important issue in France from different 
points of view. Taught in French. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

410. French Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of medieval French 
literature to 1600. Works from the medieval epic and courtly romance through Renaissance 
philosophical essays. Development of advanced communicative skills through literature will 
be promoted. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

420. French Literature of the 17th Century. A study of the spirit and principal authors of 
French Classicism with a special emphasis on the theater of Comeille. Racine and Moliere. 
Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 



65 



430. French Literature of the 18th and 19th Centuries. A study of the main ideological 
currents of the 1 8th and 19th centuries: the faith in reason, the emergence of pre-romanticism, 
romanticism and realism. Emphasis on the works of Voltaire, Montesquieu, Diderot, 
Rousseau, 1' Abbe Prevost, Marivaux, Hugo, Flaubert, Balzac, Zola, and Baudelaire. Prereq- 
uisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

440. French Literature of the 20th Century. A study of contemporary society as reflected 
in the literary evolution from Proust to the Nouveau Roman and le theatre de I 'Absurde. Such 
writers as Giraudoux, Anouilh, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, lonesco, Becket will be studied. 
Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

450. Modern Theatre and Poetry of France. A study of theater and poetry of the 19th and 
20th centuries. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing 
Intensive) 

German Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in German. 

Major: 24 credits in German above the intermediate level; FLG 350. (27 credits). For 
teaching certification, FLG 360 is required. 

Minor: 18 credits in German above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation 
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Courses in German (GMN): 

101, 102. Elementary German 1,11. Introductory courses in German. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in German. Also offers insights into German-speaking 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate German 1,11. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
German course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills - listening, 
speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of German- 
speaking people. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

203, 204; 303, 304; 403,404. Language & Culture 1, 11. An immersion course on three levels 
offered in Cologne, Germany. German in context with a granunar review, practical exercises 
and discussion of cultural issues. Placement determined in Cologne. Prerequisite: GMN 102 
or equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Germany Past and Present. Studies the major epochs of German cultural history and 
describes the chief characteristics of present-day German society. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 



66 



316. Composition & Conversation. Intensive practice in the interactive skills of speaking and 
writing. Review of grammar and emphasis of practical situations. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business German. A study of the language of business and business practices of 
Germany and German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

330. German Short Fiction. A reading course in the Cologne program for the intermediate 
student. Study of short texts to develop more advanced skills and introduce the techniques 
of literary analysis. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. Issues in German Culture. Study of a major issue from various points of view. Readings 
in German and English; discussion and writing in German and English. Prerequisite: GMN 
202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

370. Techniques of Translation & Interpretation. Emphasizes the skills needed for accurate 
and idiomatic translation of German texts into English. Discussion of more complex 
grammatical structures. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

400-419. Readings in German. Works of fiction and nonfiction selected to explore a 
particular topic or theme. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

460. Lyric Poetry. A study of German song from minnesang to contemporary rock. Involves 
both texts and music as appropriate. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. (Area 
5, Writing Intensive) 

Russian Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Only coursework is offered in Russian. 

Courses in Russian (RSN): 

101, 102. Elementary Russian I, II. Introductory courses in Russian. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in Russian. Also offers insights into Russian-speaking 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201, 201. Intermediate Russian I, II. Continuation of first year. Aimed at building students' 
proficiency in all four language skills - listening, speaking, reading and writing - and at 
enhancing their knowledge of Russian culture. Prerequisite: RSN 102 or equivalent. 3 
credits. 

Spanish Program 
Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in Spanish. 



67 



Major: 24 credits in Spanish above the intermediate level; FLG 350 (27 credits). For teaching 
certification, FLG 360 is required. 

Minor: 1 8 credits in Spanish above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation 
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Courses in Spanish (SPA): 

101, 102. Elementary Spanish I, II. Introductory courses in Spanish. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in Spanish. Also offers insights into Spanish-speaking 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate Spanish I, II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
Spanish course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills - listening, 
speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of Spanish- 
speaking people. Prerequisite: SPA 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken Spanish. Discussions on a wide 
range of topics related to Spanish life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 
credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Discussion of more complex grammatical 
structures. Intensive practice in written Spanish. Development of advanced writing skills 
through composition assignments based on contemporary Spanish writing and issues. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

320. Business Spanish. An introduction to the language of business and business practices. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of Spanish: Intensive Listening Comprehension. An intensive listening 
comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many registers of spoken 
Spanish: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversation, announce- 
ments, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a listening immersion in the 
Hispanic world. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits. 

350. Issues in Spanish Culture. Discussion of an important issue in Spain from various 
points of view. Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

360. Issues in Latin-American Culture. Discussion of an important issue in Latin America 
from various points of view. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

370. Techniques of Translation & Interpretation. Studies methods of translation and 
interpretation. Oral and written texts will be used to work both from Spanish to English and 
English to Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits. 

410. Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of the outstanding 

68 



works of the period. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. (Writing Intensive) 

420. Spanish Literature of the Golden Age. A study of the major works of the period. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

430. Spanish Literature and the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries. Readings from the 
Enlightenment in Spain and an examination of the major works of romanticism and realism. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

440. Spanish Literature of the Twentieth Century. A study of the literary movements of the 
century, starting with the Generation '98 and modernism. Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. 3 
credits. (Writing Intensive) 

450. Latin-American Literature of the 20th Century. A study of the important writers of the 
century, with emphasis on recent developments. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 
credits. (Writing Intensive) 

460. The Age of Discovery. An examination of the Aztec, Mayan and Incan civilizations 
before 1492 and the philosophy of the Spanish explorers from 1492 on. Prerequisite: SPA 
202. 3 credits. (Foreign Studies, Writing Intensive) 

Faculty 
Diane M. Iglesias, professor of Spanish. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., City University of New York. 

Iglesias teaches courses in Spanish language, and in Spanish and Latin American culture, 
civilization and literature. She has presented research papers in medieval balladry and the 
Spanish Golden Age theater at scholarly conferences. She is currently researching the 
modern Latin American novel and is particularly interested in the concept of "magical 
realism" as it applies to the works of Gabriel Garcia Marquez. 

James W. Scott, professor of German. 
Ph.D., Princeton University. 

Scott teaches German and courses in the culture, civilization and literature of German- 
speaking countries. His most recent scholarly presentations have ranged from Kafka's short 
fiction to cabaret in the GDR and communicative testing. At present he is preparing a new 
translation of Iwein, an Arthurian epic by Hartmann von Aue. He chairs a state selection 
committee for the Congress-Bundestag Youth Exchange Program and is a member of the 
American Association of Teachers of German task force on distance learning. 

Joelle L. Stopkie, associate professor of French. 

Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College. 

She teaches courses in language, culture and literature and coordinates and supervises study 

programs in France. She is currently interested in methodology and Francophone studies. 



69 




Dr. Stopkie works with students to arrange study-abroad opportunities. 

Angel T. Tuninetti, assistant professor of Spanish. 

M.A., Washington University. 

Tuninetti teaches Spanish language classes and Latin American culture and literature. His 

special interest is South American travel literature of the colonial and nineteeth century 

periods. 

Andres Zamora, assistant professor of Spanish. 

Ph.D., University of Southern California, Los Angeles. 

Zamora teaches subjects from basic language to literature, art and culture of the Hispanic 

world. He has worked on Medieval literature, the Golden Age Comedia, Cervantes and the 

Modem Latin American Novel. He is studying the poetics of the Spanish Novel in the 19th 

and 20th centuries. 

Theresa Bowley, adjunct instructor in French. 

M.A., Middlebury College. 

Bowley teaches courses in French language, culture and civilization. Her special interests 

include French culture, French language structure and French cooking. 

Rita Gargotta, adjunct instructor in Spanish. 

Diploma, University ofSaville. 

Gargotta teaches courses in Spanish language, culture and contemporary society. 



Leonie Lang-Hambourg, adjunct assistant professor of German. 

M.A., University of Oregon, Diploma Interpreter andTranslator, MuncherDolmetscherschule. 
Experienced as an interpreter and translator, she teaches beginning and intermediate German 
and courses in advanced German grammar and style, as well as conversation and composi- 
tion, translation and business German. 

70 



DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND AMERICAN STUDIES 

By examining human behavior in the past, the study of history can help people better 
understand themselves and others. Students of history and American Studies also learn how 
to gather and analyze information and present their conclusions in clear, concise language. 

An undergraduate degree in history or American studies can lead to a career in teaching at 
the college or high school level, law, government, politics, the ministry, museums and 
libraries, journalism or editing, historical societies and archives, historical communications 
or a number of other professions. 

American Studies Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in American Studies. 

Major Core: AMS 111,211, 223, 229, 311, 400; HIS 100, 253; (22 credits) 

In addition to the core, each major must select one of the following concentrations for 
completion of the degree requirements: 

Professional/Curatorial Concentration: ART 205; one course from the following: ART 201 , 
203; one course from the following: ENG 221, 222; HIS 211, 261, 262; one course from the 
following: MSC 120, PHL 240, REL 120. (43 credits) 

Cultural Agency Administration Concentration: ACT 161: BUS 230, 340. 420; ENG 140, 

210, 314. (43 credits) 

Minor: AMS 1 1 1, 21 1, 223 or 229, 31 1; HIS 100, 253; one course from ENG 321. 322. PHL 
240; one course from HIS 261, 262; and one course from ART 205, MSC 120, REL 120 (25 
credits) 

Courses in American Studies (AMS): 

101. Introduction to American Cultures. An interdisciplinary, cultural study of fundamental 
American institutions, social patterns, cultural myths, and cultural icons in historical 
perspective. Eield trips to national and regional sites included. 3 credits. 

111. Introduction to American Studies. An interdisciplinary approach to the study of 
America's heritage and the distinguishing features of the American mind and character. 3 
credits. 

211. American Folklore. A study of the historical growth of American folklore: such genres 
as folk art, folk music, and folk speech; contemporary expressions, including regional and 
ethnic variations; and the dynamics of folk performance in socio-cultural context. 3 credits. 

223. American Thought and Culture. A study of American intellectual history focusing on 
cultural criticism as represented in such schools of thought as Puritanism. Enlightenment. 

71 



Rationalism, Transcendentalism, utopianism, the Southern Agrarians, The Progressives, the 
New York Intellectuals, Marxism, feminism, and the New Journalism. 3 credits. 

229. Culture and Conflict in Modern America. An examination of the social, political, 
economic, and cultural upheaval of the 1960's and 1970's in the historical context. 3 credits. 

230. American Folk Religion. A study of the folk traditions of selected American denomi- 
nations and sects and of the theological implications of secular folklore. Emphasis will be 
placed on field work as well as on analysis. 3 credits. 

311. American Science and Technology. A study of American science and technology and 
their interrelations with economic, cultural, political and intellectual developments. Prereq- 
uisite: Any laboratory science course. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Field experience at a cultural agency. Ordinarily intended for juniors and 
seniors. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.50 in major and permission of department chair. Minimum 
of three credits. 

History Program 
Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in history. 

Major: HIS 100, 101, 102 or 1 1 1, 1 12 as appropriate; 125, 126, 21 1, 251, 253; two upper- 
level courses in United States history; two upper-level courses in European history; and two 
courses from 271, 273, 275, 277, 279. (40 credits) 

Secondary Education Concentration: Students shall complete successfully the history major 
plus HIS 360: the Teaching of History and Social Studies in Secondary Schools. Students 
shall take HIS 111 and 112. Students shall complete also the Social Studies core and 2 1 credits 
of secondary education courses including EDU 1 10, SED 420, 430, and 440. A GPA of 2.5 
is required for entrance into the secondary certification program. (43 credits) 

Professional Studies Concentration: Students shall complete successfully the history major 
plus a minimum of three credits in HIS 500; Independent Study. Students shall take HIS 101 
and 102: Western CiviUzation in the major. (43 credits) 

Mmor.- HIS 100, 101, 102 or 111, 112 as appropriate; 125, 126, 25 1,253 and one upper-level 
course in European history and one from 271, 273, 275, 277, 279. (25 credits) 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in historical communications. 
Mq/or.- HIS 100, 111, 112, 125, 126, 211, 251, 253, 400; one upper-level course in United 
States history; one upper-level course in European history; and one course from 271, 273, 
275, 277, 279; ENG 140, 213, 216, 310 and one from ENG 204, 312, 315. (49 credits) 



72 



Courses in History (HIS): 

100. Historical Methodology. An introductory course in historical research and writing with 
emphasis on using computer technology in research and professional activity. Topics include 
finding and using historical databases, on-line bibliographies, primary sources on the World 
Wide Web and CD-Rom, computer mapping and participating in historical discussion 
groups. Includes extensive hands-on training. 1 credit. 

101. Western Civilization to the 14th Century. The development of the western world from 
its Near Eastern and Mediterranean origins to the eve of the Renaissance. 3 credits. 

102. Western Civilization since the 14th Century. A study of how life in the late 20th century 
has been influenced by historical developments in Europe and America, including the growth 
of science, the rise of nation states, social classes and values, and changing views of the world. 
3 credits. 

///. World History to the 14th Century. A study of world history from earliest times to the 
16th century with emphasis on the world's great cultural traditions and the major transfor- 
mation of the world in terms of cultural, social, political, and technological change. 3 credits. 

772. World History since the 14th Century. A study of world history from 1 500 to the present 
with an emphasis on the growing connectedness of the major cultural traditions. 3 credits. 

725. United States History to 1865. The story of America from Columbus through the Civil 
War. 3 credits. 

726. United States History Since 1865. The story of America from Reconstruction to the 
present. 3 credits. 

201. The Ancient World. The beginnings of civilization with analysis of the ancient Near 
East including the Tigris-Euphrates Valley, Egypt, Asia Minor, and Assyria; and with 
particular emphasis on Greece and Rome. 3 credits. 

203. The Middle Ages. A study of the thousand year period ending in 1500 that saw the 
emergence of a Christian European civilization with particular emphasis on political, social, 
economic, and cultural trends. 3 credits. 

205. Early Modern Europe. The Renaissance, Reformation, Scientific Revolution, and the 
development of national political states, especially in the 17th and 18th centuries. 3 credits. 

206. Revolution & Nationalism, 1789-1914. A study of the effects of the French Revolution 
and the Industrial Revolution on Europe. Particular attention is paid to the rise of class 
antagonisms and national rivalries. 3 credits. 

207. Europe in the 20th Century. Developments in Europe from 1900 to the present are 
investigated, with special focus on the role of Germany , the Nazi Era and the post- World War 
II conditions. 3 credits. 

73 



211. Historical and Cultural Geography. A study of the various geographic regions of the 
world and how the natural environment has influenced historical and cultural development. 
3 credits. 

225. The American Revolution. An in-depth study of why Americans declared their 
independence and how they won the Revolution and worked to build a republic in a hostile 
world of monarchies. Particular attention is paid to major issues on which historians of the 
period disagree. 3 credits. 

226. Age of Jefferson & Jackson. How the old republican ideal of a virtuous agrarian society 
struggled to confront the new age of economic modernization, social diversity, and sectional 
tension. 3 credits. 

227. Civil War and Reconstruction. A study of how sectional divisions over slavery led to 
a bloody war and a bitter postwar effort to reshape Southern society. 3 credits. 

251. History and Historians. The first half of this course covers the lives and ideas of the great 
historians from ancient times to the modem world; the second half of the course covers recent 
interpretations of American history. 3 credits. 

253. The Business of History. An introduction to professional, curatorial and management 
principles and applications in various segments of the history industry. Students examine the 
basics of archival management, museum curatorship, oral history, corporate history and 
historical communications. 3 credits. 

261. Gender, Race, Ethnicity and Class in America to 1860. An analysis of the changing 
role and status of women, the African-American and native American experience, the 
underclass experience and the impact of immigration, from the European Conquest to the 
Civil War. 3 credits. 

262. Gender, Race, Ethnicity and Class in America since 1860. An analysis of the changing 
role and status of women, the African-American and native American experience, the 
underclass experience and the impact of immigration and ethnicity from the Civil War to the 
1990s. 3 credits. 

271. Modern China and Japan. An analysis of political, economic and cultural institutions 
of China and Japan with special emphasis on the western impact on these institutions after 
1500. 3 credits. 

273. Modern Africa. African civilization from its origins in the ninth century to the present 
day, with emphasis on the impact of colonialism, regional distinctions, and the emergence 
of independent states. 3 credits. 

275. Modern Latin America. Latin American civilization from its origins to the present, with 
emphasis on the impact of colonialism, the emergence of independent states, relationships 
with the United States, and the modem regional distinctions. 3 credits. 

74 



277. The Modern Middle East. Middle Eastern civilization from the rise of Islam to the 
present, with emphasis on the Arabian peninsula, the Fertile Crescent, Iran, Turkey, and 
Egypt, particularly after 1914. The origins and development of the modem state of Israel are 
also analyzed. 3 credits. 

279. Modern South Asia. Indian sub-continent civilizations from the 16th century to the 
present with emphasis on the impact of the Mughal empire, the impact of western colonial 
control, the crisis of the 19th and 20th centuries, the evolution of nationalism resulting in 
independence and partition, and with major reference to the contemporary nations and 
cultures of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka. 3 credits. 

301. European Social History. An inquiry into the lives and experiences of ordinary folk. 
Topics include women, laboring classes, and popular culture. 3 credits. 

307. Modern Russia. The development of Russia and the Soviet Union from Kievan 
beginnings to the present, with emphasis upon the period since 1600. 3 credits. 

325. American Business and Labor to 1900. An analysis of the role of business in America 
from the colonial period to 1 900. Topics include managerial leadership, entrepreneurship, the 
development of the American economy, and the relationships between business, govern- 
ment, trade unionism and society. 3 credits. 

326. American Business and Labor since 1900. An analysis of the role of business in 
America during the 20th century. Topics include managerial leadership, entrepreneurship, 
the development of the American economy, and the relationships between business, 
government, trade unionism, and society. 3 credits. 

327. American Military History. An analysis of American military institutions from Old 
World tradition to the post-Persian Gulf era with emphasis on the U.S. Army. 3 credits. 

329. Women in America. The role and status of women in American society from colonial 
to modem times with emphasis on women's economic roles; class, ethnicity and race in 
women's lives; women and the family; women and reform movements; women's \'alues; 
women's entry into the professions; cultural expression by women; and feminism. 3 credits. 

330. The African-American Experience. The history of the African-American experience 
from the origins of slavery to modem times with emphasis on slavery, the perpetuation of 
African cultural and social heritage, transition to freedom, segregation and disenfranchise- 
ment, civil rights and black power movements, and changing cultural expressions. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of History and Social Studies in Secondary Schools. A course for those 
preparing to teach history and social studies at the secondary level. Topics include issues and 
trends in secondary education, history of historical pedagogy, professional development and 
course enrichment resources, teaching techniques, the uses of technology and student 



75 



motivational techniques. 3 credits. Required of ail history majors seeking secondary 
certification. 

400. Internship. Field experience in a historical setting. Ordinarily intended for juniors and 
seniors. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.50 in major and permission of department chair. Minimum 
of three credits. 

Faculty 
Howard L. Applegate, professor of history and American studies. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

His teaching is focused on American history, with a strong specialization in business history. 
Applegate is a historical analyst of the American automotive and grocery chain retailing 
industries. 

James H. Broussard, professor of history. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 

Broussard teaches American history and historiography. His research and publications 

concentrate on the Jefferson-Jackson era, the South, and American politics. He formerly 

served as executive director of the Society for Historians of the Early American Republic. 

Donald E. Byrne Jr., professor of American Studies and religion, director of American 

Studies Program. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 

His teaching centers on the history of Christianity and religion in America. His scholarship 

has focused on American folk religion; other interests include religion and literature, peace 

studies, and mysticism. 

Richard A. Joyce, associate professor of history. 

M.A., San Francisco State College. 

He teaches modem European history and is interested in social and intellectual history. 

Diane E. Wenger, adjunct assistant professor of history and American Studies. 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Wenger teaches American Studies and American history. Her research interests include 

American material culture, American business history with an emphasis on the economic/ 

social history of the Federal period. She is pursuing additional graduate study at the 

University of Delaware. 



76 



DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

The Lebanon Valley College Department of Mathematical Sciences has long offered a 
rigorous mathematics program within the context of a liberal arts education. Today an 
increasing national need for mathematically prepared individuals has made our program even 
more attractive. Computer scientists, secondary school mathematics and computer science 
teachers, college professors in mathematical sciences, actuaries, operations research ana- 
lysts, and statisticians are in high and continuing demand. In addition, the mental discipline 
and problem solving abilities developed in the study of mathematics have long been 
recognized as excellent preparation for numerous and varied areas of work or study. 

The department offers majors in actuarial science, computer science, applied computer 
science, and mathematics, and minors in computer science and mathematics. 

Five students from this department have earned Fulbright Scholarships for graduate study 
abroad. Graduates have earned Ph.D.s in economics, physics, statistics and computer science 
as well as mathematics. Other graduates have completed law school. Many are Fellows of the 
Society of Actuaries and the Casualty Actuarial Society. Regularly, many of the department's 
students are named to the Who 's Who in American Colleges and Universities. 

Actuarial Science Program 

An actuary is a business professional who uses mathematical training to define, analyze and 
solve financial and social problems. Actuaries are employed by insurance companies, 
consulting firms, large corporations, and the federal and state governments. The Society of 
Actuaries and the Casualty Actuarial Society establish and monitor the professional quali- 
fications of actuaries through a series of rigorous examinations. 

The Actuarial Science program at Lebanon Valley College was established in the mid 1960s 
and is coordinated by Professor Hearsey, an Associate of the Society of Actuaries. Well over 
100 of the college's alumni work in the actuarial profession. The coursework is selected to 
provide a foundation in mathematics, accounting and economics and to prepare students for 
courses 100-150 of the Society of Actuaries syllabus and parts 1-4 of the Casualty Actuarial 
Society syllabus. A student may prepare for additional examinations through independent 
study. Lebanon Valley is the only small undergraduate liberal arts college in North America 
with such an extensive actuarial science major. The college has had nearly 100 percent 
placement of actuarial science graduates, with graduates employed by over 50 organizations. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in actuarial science. 

Major: Three of ASC 385, 481, 482, 484; CSC 125: MAS 111,112. 202. 222. 371. 372. 471 
and one of MAS 363 or 335; ECN 101, 102; ACT 151. 152 or 161, 162. (52 credits.) The 
Course 100/ Part 1 examination ofthe actuarial societies must be passed before the end of the 
semester preceding the graduation semester. 

Courses in Actuarial Science (ASC): 

385. The Theory of Interest. Measurement of interest, the time value of money, annuities, 
amortization and sinking funds, bonds and related securities, depreciation and capitalized 
cost. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

77 



481, 482. Actuarial Mathematics I and II. Survival distributions and life tables; life 
insurance; life annuities; net premiums; premium reserves; multiple life functions; multiple 
decrement models; valuation theory for pension plans; the expense factor; and non-forfeiture 
benefits and dividends. Prerequisite: Core. (MAS 111,112, 202, 222; CSC 125). 3 credits 
each. 

484. Casualty Actuarial Mathematics. An introduction to mathematical techniques of 
casualty actuarial work including credibility theory, rate making and loss reserving. Prereq- 
uisite: Core. 3 credits. 

Computer Science Program 

With new facilities and a wide range of computer equipment, the department offers a flexible 
program in computer science. Two distinct majors offer opportunities and challenges for the 
theoretically minded, and for those whose interests are directed towards applications. 

The program in computer science was recently revised and all courses were modified to 
reflect the latest changes in the field, both in hardware and in software. The result is a compact 
sequence of courses of introductory material and in specialized advanced topics that allow 
immediate adaptation of the state of the art, and to the interests of the students. 

The departmental computer lab is equipped with a graphics workstation, networked Unix and 
personal computers, and a wide variety of other equipment. Network connections with other 
labs, classrooms, and the Internet, make a wide variety of systems easily accessible. 
Independent study and internship opportunities encourage diversity and flexibility in 
preparation of leaders in the rapidly changing information world. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science degree with a major in applied computer science; Bachelor of 

Science degree with a major in computer science. 

Major: (Apphed Computer Science) CSC 125, 144, 249, 282, 321, 448, 481 or 344, 400 or 
500;ENG210or216;MAS 111 or 161, 251, 270; 15coordinated hours in an areaof computer 
application to be arranged with adviser (51-53 credits). 

Mq/or.- (Computer Science) CSC 125, 144,249,282,321, 344, 48 1 , 482 or 448, 400 or 500; 
ENG 210 or 216; MAS 111,112, 202, 222, 25 1, 270 (52 credits). 

Minor: (Computer Science) CSC 125, 144, 249, 282, and one CSC course numbered 300 or 
higher; MAS 161,251 (21 credits). 

A^o?e.- No course outside ofthe core (MAS 111, 112, 202, 222, CSC 125) may be used to meet 
the requirements of more than one major or minor within the Department of Mathematical 
Sciences. 



78 



Courses in Computer Science (CSC): 

125. Computer Tools: An Introduction to Computer Science. Introduction to fundamental 
concepts of computer science through exploration of application software. Topics include: 
information storage, retrieval, and communication, user interfaces, algorithms, spreadsheet, 
data bases, and expert systems. 3 credits. 

144. Programming with JAVA. Introduction to programming in JAVA. Prerequisite: CSC 
125. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit toward graduation for CSC 144 after 
completing CSC 249 or the equivalent. 

249. Advanced Programming with C++. Features of the C language. Functions, strings, 
pointers, structures, files, objects, libraries and multiple modules. Prerequisite: CSC 144. 3 
credits. 

282. Data Structures. Lists, stacks, queues, trees, tables and networks. Prerequisite: CSC 
249, MAS 251. 3 credits. 

321. Survey of Computer Languages. Classification of languages and experience with 
examples such as Ada, Prolog, Small Talk, LISP, HTML and SQL. Prerequisite: CSC 144. 
3 credits. 

344. Computer Architecture with MACRO. The organization of computers. Topics include 
instruction sets, registers, memory, devices and interrupts. Prerequisite: CSC 249. 3 credits. 

448. Database Management. Database structure and implementation. Prerequisite: CSC 
282. 3 credits. 

481, 482. Advanced Topics in Computer Science I, II. Topics to be selected from current 
areas of interest and concern in computer science. Possible topics include graphics, compiler 
construction, operating systems, networks, and artificial intelligence. Prerequisites: CSC 
282; MAS 251. 3 credits per semester. 

Mathematics Program 
The increasing role of technology in modem society and the broadening scope of the 
scientific paradigm have generated a growing need for mathematicians in business, industry 
and government. Also, the national goal of improving the mathematical competence of high 
school graduates has created a demand for teachers and professors in mathematics that \\ ill 
not subside for many years. 

The department, highlighted in the Mathematical Association of America's 1995 publica- 
tion. Models that Work, continues its reputation of preparing its students for a variety of 
mathematical specialties by maintaining high standards of performance. A full roster of 
traditional courses, seminars, and independent study prepares our students for a career or 
graduate study. 



79 



A group of core courses sets the foundations of mathematical knowledge and gives the 
student time to discover the direction of his or her interest. Advanced courses prepare the 
student for graduate study, the teaching profession, and a variety of careers in statistics, 
operations research, and research and development in industry and business. 

Close cooperation with other departments allows the student also to have a major or minor 
in another field to enhance the opportunities after graduation. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in mathematics. 

Major: MAS 111,112, 202, 222, 25 1 ; five additional MAS courses numbered 200 or higher 
subject to: no more than one numbered below MAS 300, at least one of 270 or 372, at least 
oneof322, 325,41 1,412, atleastoneof335,363;MAS498,MAS499;CSC125(39credits). 

Minor: MAS 161, 162; 202 or 251; 222; three courses from CSC 144 or MAS courses 
numbered 200 or higher (22 credits). 

The mathematics minor is not available for actuarial science majors. No course outside of the 
core (MAS 111, 112,202,222; CSC 125) may be used to meet the requirements of more than 
one major or minor within the Department of Mathematical Sciences. 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in mathematics 
must complete a mathematics major which includes MAS 322, 325, 360; must take CSC 144; 
and must take EDU 1 10, and SED 420, 430 and 440. 

Courses in Mathematics (MAS): 

100. Concepts of Mathematics. A study of a variety of topics in mathematics. Topics may 
include: patterns and inductive reasoning, calculators, number systems, nature of algebra, 
interest, installment buying, and geometric concepts. 3 credits. 

102. Pre-Calculus, Algebra and Trigonometry. A review of college algebra and trigonom- 
etry. Algebraic expressions and equations, inequalities, absolute value, exponents, logarithms, 
functional notation, graphs of functions, systems of equations, modeling and work problems, 
angular measurement, trigonometric functions, identities, formulas, radian measure, graphs 
of trigonometric and inverse functions. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit toward 
graduation after completing MAS 111, 161, or the equivalent. 

Ill, 112. Analysis I, II. A rigorous calculus sequence for departmental majors and other 
students desiring a theoretical presentation of elementary calculus. Prerequisite: placement 
testing or MAS 102. 5 credits per semester. A student may not receive credit toward 
graduation after completing MAS 161, 162 or the equivalent. 

150. Finite Mathematics. Introduction to finite mathematics with emphasis on economic and 
business applications. Include sets, lines and systems of equations, matrices, linear program- 

80 



ming, probability, statistics, Markov processes, mathematics of finance. 3 credits. A student 
may not receive credit toward graduation after completing MAS 161, 1 62, or the equivalent. 

161. Calculus I. The first course of a calculus sequence with emphasis on applications. 
Functions and limits, differentiation, integration, introduction to logarithm and exponential 
functions. Prerequisite: placement testing or MAS 102. 3 credits. A student may not receive 
credit toward graduation after completing MAS 1 1 1 or the equivalent. 

162. Calculus II. Continuation of topics from MAS 161. Additional applications of 
differentiation and integration, logarithm and exponential functions, inverse trigonometric 
and hyperbolic functions, improper integrals, Hopital's rule, infinite series, and conic 
sections. Prerequisite: MAS 161. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit toward 
graduation after completing MAS 1 1 2 or the equivalent. 

170. Elementary Statistics. Elementary descriptive and inferential statistics. Topics include 
graphical representation, measure of central tendency, probability, binomial distribution, 
normal distribution, hypothesis testing, and estimation. 3 credits. A student may not receive 
credit toward graduation after completing MAS 372 or the equivalent. 

202. Foundations of Mathematics. Introduction to logic, set theory and methods of proof. 
Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

261. Calculus III. Continuation of Calculus I and II. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 
3 credits. 

222. Linear Algebra. Vectors, matrices, and systems of equations. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 
or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

251. Discrete Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical ideas used in computing and the 
information sciences logic, boolean algebra, sets and sequences, matrices, combinatorics, 
induction, relations, and finite graphs. Prerequisite: MAS 111 or MAS 161. 3 credits. A 
student may not receive credit toward graduation after completing MAS 202 and 371. 

266. Differential Equations. First and second order differential equations, partial differential 
equations. Prerequisite: MAS 261. 3 credits. 

270. Intermediate Statistics. An advanced version of MAS 170. Prerequisite: MAS 111.161 
or permission of instructor. 3 credits. (Credit may not be received for both MAS 1 70 and 270.) 

322. Abstract Algebra. Fundamentals of groups, rings, fields. Prerequisite: MAS 222. 3 credits. 

325. Geometry. Axiomatic development of Absolute, Euclidean and non-Euclidean geom- 
etries. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 3 credits. 



335. Operations Research I. Linear programming, dynamic progranmiing, integer program- 
ming, queueing theory, project scheduling, stochastic simulation, and decision analysis. 
Prerequisite: MAS 222, 371 . 3 credits. A student may not receive credit toward graduation 
for both MAS 335 and BUS/ECN 322. 

336. Operations Research II. Continuation of topics from MAS 335, and selected topics 
from goal programming, network analysis, game theory, stochastic processes, inventory 
theory, forecasting, and reliability. Prerequisite: MAS 335. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools. A course for those preparing to 
teach mathematics at the secondary level. Topics include: issues and trends in mathematics 
education, history of mathematical pedagogy, enrichment and professional development 
resources, teaching techniques, and use of technology. Prerequisite: Core. 3 credits. 

363. Numerical Computation. A survey with topics from: finite arithmetic, root-finding 
algorithms, numerical integration and differentiation, interpolation, systems of equations, 
splines, numerical solution of differential equations, Monte Carlo methods, optimization, 
least squares. Prerequisite: MAS 112 or MAS 162 and CSC 125. 3 credits. 

371. Mathematical Probability. Random variables, discrete and continuous and distribu- 
tions. Prerequisite: MAS 112. 3 credits. 

372. Mathematical Statistics. A theoretical introduction to estimation, tests of hypotheses, 
regression, and analysis of variance. Prerequisite: MAS 371. 3 credits. 

411. Real Analysis. The development of 19th century analysis: convergence and divergent 
series; limits, continuity, differentiability, and integrability; Fourier series. Prerequisite: 
Core. 3 credits. 

412. Functions of a Complex Variable. Analytic functions. Cauchy theorem, conformal 
mapping. Prerequisite: Core. 3 credits. 

471. Applied Statistics. An application oriented presentation of analysis of variance, 
regression, analysis, and time series analysis. Prerequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits. 

498. Problem Solving/Recreational Math. A survey of interesting, challenging, and enter- 
taining problems with emphasis on problem solving techniques. Prerequisite: Core. 1 credit. 

499. Famous Problems. A survey of famous problems from mathematics; solved and 
unsolved, ancient and modem. Prerequisite: Core. 1 credit. 



82 



Faculty 

J. Patrick Brewer, assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Oregon. 

One of only two graduate students on the University of Oregon staff selected for their 1997 

University wide graduate teaching award. Brewer joins the Lebanon Valley faculty as a 

dedicated, caring teacher. His particular mathematical interests lie in the area of reflection 

groups. 

Jenny E. Dorrington, assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 

After three years on the faculty at Colorado College, where she was sponsored as a NExT 

fellow, Dorrington brings to Lebanon Valley a varied teaching background in mathematics 

and computer science. An algebraic topologist by specialty, she has experience with 

women's studies and other multidisciplinary courses. 

Michael D. Fry, professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

An avid practitioner of computer science and an accomplished mathematician. Fry heads the 

Computer Science Program and is the adviser for Computer Science students. Trained as a 

mathematician, he has special interests in graphics, fractals, operating systems and computer 

architecture. 

Bryan V. Hearsey, professor of mathematical sciences. Chairperson. Coordinator. Actuarial 

Science Program. 

Ph.D., Washington State University. 

Coordinator of the Actuarial Science program and Department Chairman, Hearsey is an 

Associate of the Society of Actuaries. He is an active member of the academic actuarial 

community including membership on the SOA Career Encouragement Committee, and is the 

SOA Liasion to the Mathematical Association of America. 

Mark A. Townsend, professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ed.D., Oklahoma State University. 

A winner of the Lindback Award for Distinguished Teaching, Townsend is recognized for 

his exceptional interest and concern for students. His interests include numerical analysis. 

teaching methods and classroom innovation for both mathematical science majors and math 

students in general. He also enjoys teaching elementary computer science. 

Kenneth F. Yarnall, assistant professor of mathematical sciences 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina. 

Yarnall has interests ranging from pure mathematics to computer science to the histon,- and 

philosophy of science. He teaches in both the mathematics and computer science programs 

and is the advisor of the Math Club. 



83 




The Department of Mathematical Sciences ojfers a vigorous mathematics program within 
the context of a liberal arts education. 



Timothy M. Dewald, adjunct instructor in mathematical sciences. 

M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School. 

Dewald is interested in the history of mathematics and enjoys teaching students with "math 

anxiety." He teaches the pre-calculus course and concepts of mathematics. He is a winner 

of the Knisely Teaching award. 

John F. Nau Jr., adjunct assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 

M.S., Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute. 

Interested in mathematical modeling in teaching systems management. Teaching specialty 

is applied mathematics. Nau teaches evening courses. 



84 



MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM 

The Military Science Program adds another dimension to a Lebanon Valley College liberal 
arts education with courses that develop a student's ability to organize, motivate and lead. 

Participation in military science courses during the freshman and sophomore years results in 
no miUtary obligation. Courses during these years orient students on the various roles of 
Army officers. Specifically, these courses stress self-development: written and oral commu- 
nication skills, leadership, bearing and self-confidence. 

Individuals who elect to continue in the program during the junior and senior years will 
receive a commission as a second heutenant in the United States Army, The U.S. Army 
Reserve or The Army National Guard, upon graduation. Then they will serve three months 
to four years in the active Army, depending upon the type of commission. 

Options are available for those individuals who encounter scheduling conflicts or who desire 
to begin participation after their freshman year. Contact the Professor of Military Science, 
Dickinson College, 717-245-1221, for further information. 

Program participants may take part in various enrichment activities during the academic 
year: rappelling, rifle qualification, cross-country skiing, white-water rafting, leadership 
exercises, land navigation, orientation trips and formal social functions. Program participants 
may also apply for special training courses during the summer: airborne, air assault and 
northern warfare schools. 

Financial Assistance: Books and equipment for military science courses and the ROTC 
program are provided free of charge to all cadets. All juniors and seniors in the ROTC 
program (Advanced Course) and scholarship cadets are paid a tax-free subsistence allow- 
ance of $150 per month and receive certain other benefits. 

Scholarships: Army ROTC scholarships based on merit are available. Scholarships are 
awarded in four varieties or tiers. Tier I provides $12,800 annually in tuition assistance 
coupled with $450 in book fees and $150 per month ($1,500 annually) in spending money. 
Tier II provides $9,000 annually with the same book fee and spending allowance. Tier III 
provides $5,000 annually, with the same book fee and spending allowance. Tier IV provides 
$3,000 annually and the monthly spending allowance. Cadets and other Lebanon Valley 
students may compete for three-year and two-year scholarships. Recipients agree to a service 
obligation. Lebanon Valley will provide a supplement to the Tier I and II scholarships. For 
more information, contact the Professor of Mihtary Science at 717-245-1221. 

Corresponding Studies Program: Students participating in an off-campus study program in 
the United States or abroad may continue participation in either the Army ROTC Basic 
Course or Advanced Course and receive the same course credit and benefits as a student 
enrolled in the on-campus program. Scholarship students also are eligible to participate. 

Advanced Leadership Practicum: The practicum consists of a five-week summer training 
program at an Army installation that stresses the application of military skills to rapidly 
changing situations. Participants are evaluated on their ability to make sound decisions, to 
direct group efforts toward the accomplishment of common goals and to meet the mental and 
physical challenges presented to them. Completion of this practicum is required prior to 
commissioning and is normally attended between the junior and senior years. Participants 
receive room, board, travel expenses, medical care, and pay. 

85 



Degree Requirements: 

Requirements: MIL 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 302, 401, 402; HIS 327. 

Courses in Military Science (MIL): 

101, 102. Introduction to Military Science. Emphasizes developing self-confidence and 
bearing. Instruction and weekly practical training in the basic skills of map reading, 
rappelling, weapons, communications, first aid, tactical movements, customs, courtesies, 
public speaking, and leadership. Meets one hour per week; two or three Saturdays of 
adventure training; and one formal social event each semester. 1 credit each semester. 

201, 202. Application of Military Science. Advanced instruction in topics introduced in the 
first year. Participation in operations and basic tactics to demonstrate leadership problems 
and to develop leadership skills. Meets two hours per week each semester; two or three 
Saturdays of adventure training; and one formal social event each semester. 1 credit each 
semester. 

301, 302. Advanced Application of Military Science. Emphasis on leadership. Situations 
require direct interaction with other cadets and test the student's ability to meet goals and to 
get others to do the same. Students master basic tactical skills of the small unit leader. Meets 
two hours per week and selected weekends each semester. Prerequisite: Open only to 
Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each semester. 

401, 402. Command and Staff. Emphasis is placed on developing planning and decision- 
making capabilities in the areas of military operations, logistics, and administration. Meets 
two hours per week and selected weekends each semester. Prerequisite: Open only to 
Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each semester. 

Faculty 
Harry D. Owens, professor of military science. 

J.D., University of Detroit School of Law. Lieutenant Colonel, United States Army. 
Owens has over 20 years active duty military service as an Armor Officer. He is the primary 
instructor for the 400 level courses (MS IV' s). 

Daniel A. Daley, assistant professor of military science. 

B.S., Appalachian State University. Captain, United States Army. 

Daley is a Field Artillery Officer with over 10 years active duty military service. He serves 

as the Operations and Training Officer and is the primary instructor for the 300 level courses 

(MS Ill's). 

Robert F. Hepner, assistant professor of military science. 

B.S., Mansfield University of Pennsylvania. Captain, United States Army. 

Hepner is a Field Artillery Officer with over 10 years active duty military service. He serves 

as the Recruiting Operations Officer and is the primary instructor for the 100 level courses 

(MS I's). 



86 



Edward J. Siegfried, assistant professor of military science. 

B.S., North Carolina Agricultural and Technical State University. Captain, United States Army. 
Siegfried is a Field Artillery Officer with over 10 years active duty military service. He serves 
as the Administrative Officer and is the primary instructor for the 200 level courses 
(MS IPs). 

Johnny E. Jackson, senior instructor in military science. 

Master Sergeant, United States Army. 

Jackson is an Infantry Non-Commissioned Officer with over 20 years active duty military 

service. He assists with instruction for the 100 and 200 level courses (MS I's & II's). 

Victor L. Cobb, training and operations non-commissioned officer. 

Sergeant First Class, United States Army. 

Cobb is an Engineer Non-Commissioned Officer with over 1 8 years active duty military 

service. He serves as the Training NCO and assists with instruction for the 300 level courses 

(MS Ill's). 



The Military Science Program adds another 

component to a liberal arts education with 

courses that develop a student 's ability to 

organize, motivate and lead. 




87 



DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

Students in the Department of Music may major in one of three areas: music, music education, 
or music recording technology. Each student, regardless of major, is required to take a core 
of courses in music theory and music history. Each student also completes additional course 
work particular to his/her area of interest. 

Music Program 
Music majors will exhibit proficiency at the piano and in voice, each to be determined by jury , 
Precise requirements for these proficiencies and the recital attendance requirement are found 
in the Department of Music Student Handbook. To prepare for proficiency juries, students 
can take MSC 510 and/or 520. Music majors will be in at least one major performing 
ensemble (identified as either Marching Band, Symphonic Band, College Choir, Concen 
Choir, or Symphony Orchestra) each fall and spring semester. All students may earn up tc 
12 credits for ensemble participation. They will enroll in private study on their principal 
instrument/voice during each fall and spring semester. 

Students registered for private instruction in the department are not permitted to study in thai 
instructional area on a private basis with another instructor, on or off campus, at the same time 

Degree Requirements: 

The Bachelor of Arts in music (B.A.) is designed for those students preparing for a career ir 
music with a strong liberal arts background. All B.A. candidates will take an hour lesson pei 
week in their principal performance medium. Students in the jazz studies concentration will 
take 530 private applied and 530 jazz studies each semester to fulfill this requirement. The 
theory /composition concentration students will take 530 private applied and 530 individual 
composition each semester to fulfill this requirement. B.A. in music students are expected tc 
give a one-half junior recital, and a full senior recital. These are given in consultation with 
and at the recommendation of their private instructor and a pre-performance jury. Concen- 
trations identified in the Department of Music Student Handbook include: piano, organ, 
voice, instrumental, sacred music, jazz studies, and theory/composition. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts in music. 

Majors: Core courses in all music degree programs are: MSC 099, 1 15, 1 16, 1 17, 1 18, 215, 
217, 246, 328, 341 and 342. MSC 530 for B.S. and B.M. candidates, and MSC 540 for B.A. 
candidates. In addition, music majors will be in either MSC 601, 602, 603 or 604 each 
semester, exceptions noted previously. 

Music (B.A.): Core courses plus: Piano concentration: MSC 216, 306, 316, 406 and 600; 
Voice concentration: MSC 2 1 6,233,326 and 327; Organ concentration: MSC 2 1 6, 3 1 6, 35 L 
and 352; Instrumental concentration: MSC 216, 345, 403, 405 and 416; Sacred Music 
concentration: MSC 216, 347, 351 or 334, and 422; Jazz Studies concentration: MSC 120, 
218, 416 and 500: Senior Project; Theory/Composition concentration: MSC 216, 315, 329, 
416 and 500: Senior Composition Project. 



88 



Minor: MSC 099 (two semesters), 100, 1 15, 1 16, 1 17, 341 or 342 plus one music literature 
elective: MSC 120,200,341 or 342. Minors also take MSC 530 for four semesters and must 
participate in a music ensemble for four semesters. 

Student Recital 

Student recitals are of inestimable value to all music students in acquainting them with a wide 
range of the best music literature, and in developing musical taste and discrimination. 
Performing in a recital provides the experience of appearing before an audience and helps to 
develop self reliance and confident stage demeanor. Students at all levels of performance 
ability appear on regularly scheduled student recitals depending on their degree program, 
performance readiness, and in consultation with the private teacher. 

Courses in Music (MSC): 

099. Recital Attendance. Designed for music majors and minors and graded on a satisfactory/ 
unsatisfactory basis. Music core course. credits. 

100. Introduction to Music. For the non-music major, a survey of Western music designed 
to increase the individual's musical perception. 3 credits. 

110. Class Piano for Beginners . 1 credit. 

111. Class Guitar for Beginners. Student provides their own instrument. 1 credit. 

115. Harmony I. A study of the rudiments of music and their notation. Harmonization of 
melodies and basses with fundamental triads. Analysis. Music core course. 2 credits. 

116. Harmony II. A study of diatonic tonal harmony, including all triads and seventh chords, 
nonharmonic material and elementary modulation. Music core course. 2 credits. 

117. Ear Training and Sight Singing I. The singing and aural recognition of intervals, scales, 
triads and simple harmonic progressions. Music core course. 2 credits. 

118. Ear Training and Sight Singing II. A continuation of MSC 117, emphasizing clef 
reading, modality, modulation and more complicated rhythmic devices and harmonic 
patterns. Music core course. 2 credits. 

120. American Music History. A historical survey of American music emphasizing st>iistic 
developments and illustrative musical examples from colonial times to the present. Includes 
American musical theater, jazz, folk and popular styles. 3 credits. 

123. Brass I. A study of the trumpet and trombone. Emphasis on pedagogical techniques. 
1 credit. 

124. Brass II. A study of the remainder of the brass family (horn, baritone, tuba). Emphasis 
on pedagogical techniques. Mixed brass ensemble experience. 1 credit. 

89 



127. Percussion I. A study of the snare drum. 1/2 credit. 

200. Topics in Music. Designed primarily for the non-music major, the course will focus on 
genre and period studies. 3 credits. 

215. Harmony III. A study of chromatic tonal harmony, including secondary dominants, 
augmented sixth chords, tertian extensions, altered chords and advanced modulation. Music 
core course. 2 credits. 

216. Harmony IV. A study of 20th century compositional techniques, including modal and 
whole-tone materials, quartal harmony, polychords, atonality, serialism and various rhyth- 
mic and metric procedures. 2 credits. 

217. Ear Training and Sight Singing III. A continuation of MSC 118, emphasizing 
chromatic materials and more complex modulations, chord types, rhythms and meters. Music 
core course. 2 credits. 

218. Jazz Theory. A study of jazz theory, including notation, extended chords, impro vision 
and practice. Prerequisites: MSC 1 15, 116, and 215. 2 credits. 

220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education majors 
in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, singing, 
notation, listening, movement, and creative applications. 3 credits. { Cross-listed as Elemen- 
tary Education 220. } 

228. Percussion II. A study of the remainder of the percussion instruments (timpani, bass 
drum and others). 1/2 credit. 

231. Woodwind I. A study of the woodwind family (flute, oboe, saxophone, bassoon). 1 credit. 

232. Woodwind II. A continuing study of the woodwind family. 1 credit. 

233. Diction. An introduction to the pronunciation of singer's English, German, French, 
Italian, and Latin, utilizing the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required of voice concen- 
tration majors, the course is open to other students with permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

246. Principles of Conducting. Principles of conducting and baton technique. Students 
conduct ensembles derived from class personnel. Music core course. 2 credits. 

280. Field Practicum in Music Education. Supervised field experiences in appropriate 
settings. Required pass/fail. Prerequisites: EDU 110 and permission. 1-3 credit(s). 

306. Piano Literature. A survey of the development of the piano and its literature with 
emphasis on piano methods books and related materials. 2 credits. 



90 



315. Counterpoint. Introductory work in strict counterpoint through three- and four-part 
work in all the species. 2 credits. 

316. Keyboard Harmony. Score reading and the realization of figured bass at the keyboard, 
transposition, and improvisation. The successful completion of a piano jury is required for 
admission to the course. 2 credits. 

326. Vocal Literature. A survey of solo vocal literature with emphasis on teaching repertoire. 
Extensive listening is required. Students may have opportunities to perform the works 
studied. 2 credits. 

327. Vocal Pedagogy. This course prepares the advanced voice student to teach private 
lessons at the secondary school level. Students are expected to develop vocal exercise 
procedures, become familiar with suitable teaching repertoire and apply teaching procedures 
in a laboratory situation. Selected writings in vocal pedagogy and voice therapy will be 
studied. 2 credits. 

328. Form and Analysis I. A study through analysis and listening of simple and compound 
forms, variations, contrapuntal forms, rondo and sonata forms. Emphasis is placed primarily 
upon structural content. The course provides experience and skill in both aural and visual 
analysis. Music core course. 2 credits. 

329. Form and Analysis II. A study through analysis and listening of fugal forms, suite, 
complex sonata forms and techniques for analysis of certain contemporary styles of music. 
2 credits. 

333. Methods and Materials, General Music: Elementary. A comprehensive study of 
general music teaching at the elementary school level, the philosophy of music education, 
varied approaches for developing conceptual learning and music skills, creative applications, 
and analysis of materials. 3 credits. 

334. Choral Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, and approaches 
appropriate for choral and general music classes in grades 6-12. 3 credits. 

335. Instrumental Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, philosophy, and 
methods applicable to the teaching of instrumental ensembles (including marching band) 
from elementary through high school levels. 3 credits. 

336. Music Education Field Practicum. Students are placed in schools one hour per week 
where they are involved in a teaching/learning environment. 1 credit. 

337. String I. A study of violin, viola, cello, string bass. 1 credit. 

338. String II. A continuation of MSC 337. 1 credit. 



91 



341. History and Literature of Music I. A survey course in the history of Western music (in 
the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments and 
illustrative musical examples, from early music through the Baroque era. Music core course. 
3 credits. 

342. History and Literature of Music H. A survey course in the history of Western music 
(in the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments 
and illustrative musical examples, from the classical period to the present. Music core course. 
3 credits. 

345. Advanced Instrumental Conducting. Emphasis on practical work with instrumental 
groups. Rehearsal techniques are applied through individual experience. 2 credits. 

347. Advanced Choral Conducting. Emphasis is on advanced technique with and without 
baton, score preparation, interpretation and pedagogy relating to choral organizations. 2 credits. 

351. Organ Literature. A historical survey of representative organ literature from earliest 
times to the present day. 2 credits. 

352. Organ Pedagogy. Designed with a practical focus, this course surveys various methods 
of organ teaching. Laboratory teaching and selection of appropriate technical materials for 
all levels are included. 2 credits. 

401. Instrument Repair. A laboratory course in diagnosing and making minor repair of band 
and orchestral instruments. 2 credits. 

403. Instrumental Pedagogy. A survey of teaching materials that relate to the student' s 
performance area. Students may be expected to apply teaching procedures in a laboratory 
situation. 2 credits. 

405. Instrumental Literature. A survey of literature (solo and chamber) that relate to the 
student's performance area. 2 credits. 

406. Piano Pedagogy. A practical course that explores fundamental principles necessary to 
be an effective piano teacher. Subjects include practice techniques, memorization and the 
selection of appropriate technical materials for both beginners and advanced students. 
Laboratory teaching may be required of the student. 2 credits. 

416. Orchestration. A study of instrumentation and the devices and techniques for scoring 
transcriptions, arrangements and solos for orchestra and band, with special emphasis on 
practical scoring for mixed ensembles as they occur in public schools. Laboratory analysis 
and performance. Scoring of original works. 2 credits. 

422. Church Music Methods and Administration. A course that acquaints students with the 
church music program. Includes the development of a choir program, methods and tech- 
niques of rehearsal, budget preparation, and committee and pastoral relationships. 3 credits. 

92 



441. Student Teaching. Music education majors spend a semester in the music department 
of a school district under the supervision of cooperating teachers. Prerequisites: 

(1) a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 during the first six semesters 
(effective for students entering the program in the fall of 1995). 

(2) successful completion of piano and voice proficiency juries. 

(3) completion of music core courses and MSC 123, 124, 127, 216, 228, 231, 232, 
316, 333, 334 ,335, 336, including field experiences, 345 or 347 and EDU 1 10. 

(4) approval of the music faculty. Students are responsible for transportation; the 
college cannot ensure that student teaching placement can be in a local geographic area. 
8/4 for a total of 12 credits. 

500. Independent Study. See requirements on page 27. 1-3 credit(s). 

510. Class Piano Instruction. Designed for music majors with minimal piano skills. 
Preparation for department piano proficiency requirements. 1 credit. 

520. Class Voice Instruction. Designed for but not restricted to music majors with minimal 
vocal skills. Preparation for department voice proficiency requirements. 1 credit. 

530. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 1 credit. 

540. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 2 credits. 

600. Accompanying. Under the guidance of a piano instructor the piano concentration 
student prepares accompaniments for recital performance. One credit per semester is given 
for one solo recital or two half recitals. A maximum of two credits, usually distributed over 
the last three years, may be earned. 1-2 credit(s). 

Music Ensembles 

601. Marching Band. The principal band experience during the fall semester open to all 
students by audition. Performs for home football games. Practical lab experience for music 
education majors. One semester satisfies one unit of physical activity of the general 
education requirements. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

602. Symphonic Band. The principal band experience during the spring semester, open to 
all students by audition. The Symphonic Band performs original literature and anangements 
of standard repertoire. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

603. Symphony Orchestra. Various symphonic literature is studied and performed. In the 
second semester the orchestra accompanies soloists in a concerto-aria concert and on 
occasion combines with choral organizations for the performance of a major work. Open to 
all students by audition. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 



93 



604. Concert Choir. 

Sec. 1. Open to all students by audition, the Concert Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. In addition to local concerts, the Choir tours annually. Satisfies large 
ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

604. College Choir. 

Sec. 2. Open to all students by audition, the College Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

605. Chamber Choir. Open to all students by audition, the Chamber Choir performs chamber 
vocal literature from madrigals to vocal jazz. 1/2 credit. 

610. Woodwind Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Clarinet Choir. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Woodwind Quintet. 1/2 credit. 
Sec. 2. Flute Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 4. Saxophone Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

615. Brass Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Brass Quintet. 1/2 credit. 

Sec. 2. Tuba Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Low Brass Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

616. Percussion Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 
620. String Ensemble. Ill credit. 

625. Jazz Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Jazz Band. 1/2 credit. Sec. 2. Small Jazz Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

630. Chamber Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Guitar Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

635. Handbell Choir. Ill credit. 

Music Education Program 
The Bachelor of Science in music education (B.S.), approved by the Pennsylvania Depart- 
ment of Education and accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music, is 
designed for the preparation of public school music teachers, kindergarten through grade 12, 
instrumental and vocal. Piano and voice proficiencies for the music education major prepare 
the candidate to meet the standards of the Pennsylvania Department of Education and are 
administered by competency jury . Students participate in student teaching in area elementary 
and secondary schools. In all field experiences, as well as the student teaching semester, each 
student is responsible for transportation arrangements. During the student teaching semester, 
the candidate is not required to register for recital attendance, private lessons, or an ensemble. 



94 



Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in music education. 

Music Education (B.S.): Core courses plus: MSC 123, 124, 127, 216, 228, 231, 232, 316, 

333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 345 or 347,416,441 ; EDU 1 10; PS Y 210 (recommended), 220; 

and a 2.50 cumulative grade point average. Music education majors are permitted to register 

for only one half-hour lesson in their principal performance medium during the student 

teaching semester if they are preparing a recital. 

Music Recording Technology Program 
The Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology (B.M.) is designed to 
prepare students for today's rapidly developing interactive media and music recording 
industries. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology. 

Music Recording TecJinology(B.M.): Core courses plus: MRT219, 277, 278, 371, 372, 381, 
382, 400, 471, 473, 474; PHY 103, 104, 203, 212, 350; and MAS 102 (or higher). 

Courses in Music Recording Technology (MRT): 

219. Ear Training for Recording Engineers. Critical listening skills are developed through 
class demonstration and ear-training exercises. Specific skills include hearing and discrimi- 
nating frequencies, levels, processing, phase, etc. while listening musically to various 
production styles. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 1 credit. 

277. Recording Arts I. Fundamentals of the recording arts including basic audio signal and 
acoustics theory, recording consoles, microphone design and technique, and signal process- 
ing. Students work in on-campus studios to complete lab assignments and projects. 3 credits. 

278. Recording Arts II. Multitrack studio production techniques are developed through class 
discussion, demonstration, and project assignments. Theory and application of MIDI 
technology and its integration into music production is emphasized. Students use the studios 
for assignments and individual projects. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 3 credits. 

371. Music Industry I. Topics discussed include: how the music business operates, 
songwriting and music publishing, copyright law, music licensing, record companies and 
recording contracts. 3 credits. Prerequisite: permission ofthe instructor. (Writing Intensive) 

372. Music Industry II. Topics discussed include: music merchandising, retail, entrepre- 
neurship, promotion, advertising, and distribution; music for telecommunications and new 
media. Prerequisite: MRT 371 and permission ofthe instructor. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

381. Tonmeister Recording. Students use the art of recording live ensembles, focusing on 
tonmeister recording techniques and philosophy. Prerequisite: MRT 278. 1 credit. 



95 



382. Music Production Seminar. Advanced issues of music production are discussed and 
practiced. These include musicality, client relations, engineering, budgets, etc. An individual 
emphasis is provided to help the student focus on these technical, artistic, organizational, and 
personal aspects. The course centers around completion of a major project. Prerequisite: 
MRT381. 2 credits. 

471. Digital Audio Technology. An in-depth examination ofthe principles and applications 
of digital audio in today's recording and interactive media industries. Topics discussed 
include: digital audio fundamentals, recording and reproduction systems theory, computer- 
based recording and editing, and audio for CD-ROM; and other new media applications. 
Prerequisite: MRT 382. 3 credits. 

473. New Media Technology. The world of interactive media is explored. Students are 
exposed to a variety of multimedia technologies such as digital video, digital imaging, 
animation, 3-D modeling, and authoring systems. Industry-standard software packages such 
as Director, Premiere, Photoshop, HyperCard, etc. are used for demonstrations and projects. 
Prerequisite: MRT 473. 3 credits. 

474. Interactive Media Production. Using developed skills in music, recording arts, and 
computer systems students will work with multimedia authoring systems to design and 
complete a project. Emphasis is on appropriate use of technology, creativity, and function- 
ality of product design. Prerequisite: MRT 473. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical on-the-job experience provides students insight, exposure, and 
experience in an area of interest within the music/interactive media industry. Prerequisites: 
MRT 382 and permission ofthe program director. 3 credits. The internship can be taken either 
in the last semester, in the summer between junior and senior years, or full-time in the last 
semester for 12 credits. A full-time internship, if all other coursework is completed, allows 
students to relocate for the term. If a full-time internship is chosen, then Interactive Media 
Production will be waived. 

500. Independent Study. 1-3 credit(s). 

Faculty 
Johannes M. Dietrich, assistant professor of music. 
D.M.A., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music. 

Dietrich teaches violin, viola, the string methods courses, and the music history sequence. He 
directs the Lebanon Valley College Symphony Orchestra, coaches chamber ensembles and 
performs solo recitals. 

Scott H. Eggert, professor of music. 

D.M.A., University of Kansas. 

Eggert teaches music theory, composition, music history, class and applied piano. He is 

active as a composer and has premiered major works on and off campus. 



96 



Robert H. Hearson, associate professor of music. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois. 

A low brass specialist, Hearson directs the bands, teaches courses in instrumental music 

education and brass pedagogy, and supervises music student teaching activities. He is 

founder/director of the LVC Summer Music Camp and host conductor/coordinator of the 

LVC Honors Band. He maintains a special interest in brass ensemble music, and is active as 

a performer, clinician, adjudicator, and guest conductor. 

Barry R. Hill, assistant professor of music. 

M.M., New York University. 

Hill is the director of the music recording technology program. A member of the National 

Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences, he has a significant background of experience 

including record production, interactive media, MIDI/electronic music, live reinforcement, 

and studio/system design. He teaches music technology courses, supervises development of 

the on-campus studios, and administers the internship program. 

Mary L. Lemons, assistant professor of music. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbona-Champoign. 

Coordinator of music education, she teaches music education methods courses, arranges and 

supervises music student teaching, and advises the campus MENC student chapter. 

Mark L. Mecham, professor of music. Chairperson. 

D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

His doctorate is in choral music, and he has experience in choral conducting, music education, 

and voice. Conductor of the LVC Concert Choir and Chamber Choir, Mecham also serves 

as adjudicator, clinician, and consultant. 

Shelly Moorman-Stahlman, assistant professor of music. 
D.M.A., University of Iowa. 

Moorman-Stahlman teaches private organ and piano lessons, organ literature, organ peda- 
gogy, and sacred music courses, and coordinates class piano instruction. She directs the 
handbell choir, and performs frequently in solo organ recitals. 

Philip G. Morgan, associate professor of music. 

M.S., Pittsburg State University (Kansas). 

Morgan teaches applied voice with specialization in vocal technique, vocal pedagogy and 

vocal literature. He performs frequently in solo recitals, oratorios, and chamber recitals in the 

United States and Europe. He serves as vocal coach for Hershey Park's summer shows. 

Jeff Snyder, instructor in music. 

B.A., University of West Florida. 

Snyder is assistant director of the music recording technology program. He has designed 

curricula and presented seminars in audio recording and MIDI for several artists, public 

schools, colleges, universities, and technical schools. He has produced, engineered, and been 

a session player on 20th century and commercial jingles, songs, and recordings. 

97 



Thomas M. Strohman, instructor in music. 

B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 

He is responsible for woodwind studies, jazz studies, and directs the jazz ensembles. A 

founding member of the jazz ensemble "Third Stream," he has recorded for Columbia Artists. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, professor of music. 

D.M.A., University of Iowa. 

Sweigart teaches applied piano and courses in keyboard harmony, form and analysis and 

piano pedagogy. He regularly performs as a soloist and as an accompanist. 

Susan Szydlowski, director of special music programs. 

B.A., Colby College. 

She has pursued graduate studies at Temple University. 

Teresa R. Bowers, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., Ohio State University. 

Bowers teaches applied flute, double reeds, flute pedagogy, and conducts the flute ensemble. 

She is a member of Duo Francais, a flute-harp duo, and appears as a recitalist and clinician. 

Erwin P. Chandler, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., Indiana University. 

He teaches applied horn and is active as a composer/arranger and conductor. 

James A. Erdman II, adjunct instructor in music. 

Retired solo trombonist, "The Presidents Own" United States Marine Band, Washington, 
D.C. He teaches low brass instruments and is founder and director of the LVC Low Brass 
Ensemble. He performs on the trombone and appears nationally as a soloist and clinician. 

Timothy M. Erdman, adjunct instructor in music. 

B.S., Temple University . 

Formerly trumpet soloist, "The President's Own" United States Marine Band, Washington, 

D.C; Erdman has been principal trumpet with the Harrisburg and Reading Symphonies. 

Instructor of applied trumpet, he is a member of "Basic' ly Brass," a professional brass 

quintet. 

Scott Fredrickson, adjunct associate professor of music. 

D.A., University of Northern Colorado. 

Director of the Music Business Program at University of Massachusetts-Lowell, Fredrickson 

teaches the music industry courses for the music technology program at LVC. He has 

extensive experience in the music industry as composer, producer, musician, and clinician. 

He has authored two textbooks on scat singing and show choir methods, and is President of 

Scott Music Publications, a music publishing company. 



98 



Nevelyn J. Knisley, adjunct associate professor of music. 

M.F.A., Ohio University. 

Knisley performs extensively as a piano soloist, accompanist and chamber music performer. 

She serves as faculty adviser to Sigma Alpha Iota, the women's music fraternity. 

James E. Miller, adjunct instructor in music. 

A member of the jazz ensemble "Third Stream," his teaching specialty is string bass and 

electric bass. He has played with several regional symphonies in the area. 

Joseph D. Mixon, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., Combs College of Music. 

He is a professional guitarist in the tri-state area and teaches private lessons and class guitar. 

Robert A. Nowak, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., University of Miami. 

He teaches percussion and directs the Percussion Ensemble. 

Laurie Haines Reese, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., University of Southern California. 

An active recitalist, chamber music performer, and member of the York Symphony 

Orchestra, she teaches private cello lessons, and the Introduction to Music course. 

Victoria Rose, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., Towson State University. 

Teaching class voice and private lessons, she is an active recitalist and oratorio soloist in 

Central Pennsylvania, Philadelphia and Baltimore. 

Robert Siemers, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

D.M.A., Indiana University. 

He teaches applied piano and is an active performer in the region. 

David Still, adjunct instructor in music. 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University' 

He is an environmental acoustics engineer specializing in structural acoustics, roadway 

projects, etc. Still has a long track record as recording engineer, studio and facility designer, 

and producer, including Grammy-winning projects for Muddy Waters. He teaches the 

musical acoustics and audio electronics classes for the music technology program. 



99 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Although the college does not offer a major in physical education, two units of physical 
education are required for graduation. The program encourages attitudes and habits of good 
health, while developing physical capacities and skills that will enrich life. 

Courses in Physical Education (PED): 

102. Aerobic Exercises. A combination of exercise and dance steps in rhythmic movements. 
The course promotes the value of a total fitness program, including diet and weight control 
and heart rate monitoring. 

113. Bowling. Instruction in the techniques, etiquette, history and method of scoring. About 
eight weeks will be spent in league play. 

722. Fitness. Examination of varied programs for fitness, with emphasis on diet and weight 
control, cardiovascular efficiency, strength improvement, and flexibility training. 

125. Golf. Instruction in the techniques, tactics, rules and etiquette of golf. 

135. Racquetball. Instruction in the tactics, techniques and different forms of competition 
used in racquetball. 

146. Tennis. Instruction in the techniques, rules and tactics, with extensive practice in singles 
and doubles. 

160. Swimming. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction. 

162. Water Exercise. Includes water-walking, water running and other aerobic water 
exercises for swimmers and non-swimmers. Utilizes water as resistance to improve strength 
and cardiovascular endurance. 

167. Scuba. Instruction by certified dive shop. Learn to use the equipment in sports center 
pool and then go to various sites for dives. 

168. Life Guarding. The primary purpose of the American Red Cross Lifeguarding program 
is to provide lifeguard candidates and lifeguards with the skills and knowledge necessary to 
keep the patrons of aquatic facilities safe in and around the water. After successfully 
completing the requirements of the course, students will be certified in: 

Lifeguarding (3 year certification) 

First Aid (3 year certification) 

CPR for the Professional Rescuer ( 1 year certification) 

169. Water Safety Instructor. This course is designed to provide students with the skills, 
knowledge, and experience needed to become certified to teach the following Red Cross 
Swimming and Water Safety courses: 



100 



Infant and Preschool Aquatics Program (IPAP) 
Levels 1 through 7 Learn to Swim Progression 
Basic Water Safety 
Emergency Water Safety 
Water Safety Instructor Aide 

170. Skiing. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction at Blue Marsh Ski Area. 

180. Team Sports. Softball, volleyball and basketball, four to five weeks of each, emphasiz- 
ing team concepts. 

190. Varsity Sports. Participation in an intercollegiate varsity sport or cheerleading. 

Students shall complete successfully two units of physical education selected from a list of 
approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education requirement by taking 
the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one physical education unit 
waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season of a varsity sport, one 
semester of marching band, or one semester of military science (Army ROTC Cadets only). 
Students must sign up for the varsity sport course during the semester of their sport or activity. 

Faculty 
O. Kent Reed, associate professor of physical education. Program director. 
M.A. in Ed., Eastern Kentucky University. 

He instructs the fitness and weight training classes and utilizes body fat percentages, pulse 
rate and recovery, strength testing devices and workout charts. He also instructs team 
activities such as softball and volleyball. Responsibilities in the athletic program are track and 
field and cross country. 




Students discuss an assignment prior to class. 
101 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 

Physics Program 

Physics, the most fundamental science of the physical world, combines the excitement of 
experimental discovery and the beauty of mathematics. The program in physics at Lebanon 
Valley College is designed to develop an understanding of the fundamental laws dealing with 
motion, force, energy, heat, light, electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear structure, 
and the properties of matter. 

Students major in physics as a preparation for professional careers in industry as physicists 
and engineers, and education as high school and college teachers. Other possibilities include 
technical writing, sales and marketing. Physics students can continue their professional 
training by going to graduate school in physics and engineering, or to other professional 
schools offering degrees in such fields as health physics and business. 

The facilities of the Physics Department are located on the fourth floor of the Garber Science 
Center. In addition to the introductory physics laboratory, the department maintains an x-ray 
laboratory, optics laboratory, atomic physics laboratory, electronics laboratory, and nuclear 
physics laboratory. Students majoring in physics also have the opportunity to use equipment 
(e.g., electron microscope, mass spectrometer, nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer) 
maintained by other science departments. 

Students majoring in physics take advantage of close contact with faculty, work as paid 
laboratory assistants, pursue independent study or research, and participate in the local 
chapter of the Society of Physics Students. Summer research opportunities, supported by 
college funds or external grants, are available for physics students. 

Students majoring in physics also have a unique opportunity for study abroad. A student can 
spend a semester, typically in the senior year, as a physics student at Lancaster University 
in England. This opportunity combines a continuing education in physics with the richness 
of an international experience. 

The Physics Department also directs the "3+2" Engineering program. For details see 
Cooperative Programs, page 23. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in physics. 

Major: PHY 1 1 1, 1 12, 21 1, 31 1, 312, 321, 322, 327, 328 and four additional semester hours 
above 211; MAS 161, 162, 261 and 266 or MAS 111, 112, 261 and 266. (42^6 credits) 

Minor: PHY 1 11, 1 12 (or 103, 104), 211, plus six credits in physics above 211; MAS 1 1 1 
or 161. (21-23 credits) 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Along with the major requirements, students seeking 
secondary certification in physics must take additional courses in eduation and the sciences. 
Contact the department for the courses required. (33 credits) 

102 



Courses in Physics (PHY): 

100. Physics audits Impact. A course that acquaints the student with some of the important 
concepts of physics, both classical and modem, and with the scientific method, its nature and 
its limitations. The role of physics in the history of thought and its relationships to other 
disciplines and to society and government are considered. The weekly two-hour laboratory 
period provides experience in the acquisition, representation, and analysis of experimental 
data, and demonstration of the physical phenomena with which the course deals. 4 credits. 

103, 104. General College Physics I,II. An introduction to the fundamental concepts and 
laws of the various branches of physics, including mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, 
magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure, with laboratory work in each area. 4 
credits per semester. 

///, 112. Principles of Physics I, II. An introductory course in classical physics, designed 
for students who desire a rigorous mathematical approach to college physics. Calculus is 
used throughout. The first semester is devoted to mechanics and heat, and the second 
semester to electricity, magnetism, and optics, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite 
or corequisite: MAS 111 or 161.4 credits per semester. 

203. Musical Acoustics. The study of wave motion, analysis, and synthesis of waves and 
signals, physical characteristics of musical sounds, musical instruments, the acoustical 
properties of rooms and studio design principles. Prerequisite: PHY 103 or 112 or 
permission. 3 credits. 

211. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. An introduction to modem physics, including the 
foundation of atomic physics, quantum theory of radiation, the atomic nucleus, radioactivity, 
and nuclear reactions, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PHY 104 or 112, MAS 
111 or 161, or permission. 4 credits. 

212. Introduction to Electronics. The physics of electrons and electronic devices, including 
diodes, transistors, power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, switching circuits, and integrated 
circuits, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PHY 104 or 112, or permission. 
4 credits. 

302. Optics. A study of the physics of light, with emphasis on the mathematics of wave 
motion and the interference, diffraction and polarization of electromagnetic waves. The 
course also includes geometric optics with applications to thick lens, lens systems, and fiber 
optics. Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

304. Thermodynamics. A study of the physics of heat, with emphasis on the first and second 
laws of thermodynamics. Applications of thermodynamics to physics and engineering are 
included. Elements of kinetic theory and statistical physics are developed. Prerequisites: 
PHY 112 and MAS 112. 3 credits. 



103 



311, 312. Analytical Mechanics I, II. A rigorous study of classical mechanics, including the 
motion of a single particle, the motion of a system of particles, and the motion of a rigid body. 
Damped and forced harmonic motion, the central force problem, the Euler description of rigid 
body motion, and the Lagrange generalization of Newtonian mechanics are among the topics 
treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 1 1 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester. 

321, 322. Electricity and Magnetism I, II. Theory of the basic phenomena of electromag- 
netism together with the application of fundamental principles of the solving of problems. 
The electric and magnetic properties of matter, direct current circuits, alternating current 
circuits, the Maxwell field equations, and the propagation of electromagnetic waves are 
among the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester. 

327, 328. Experimental Physics I, II. Experimental work selected from the area of 
mechanics, AC and DC electrical measurements, optics, atomic physics, and nuclear physics, 
with emphasis on experimental design, measuring techniques, and analysis of data. Prereq- 
uisite: PHY 211.1 credit per semester. 

350. Audio Electronics. A study of electronics as used in the audio and telecommunications 
industries. Various principles of signals including frequency, bandwidth, modulation, and 
transmission are discussed. Studio maintenance and repair techniques are emphasized. 
Laboratory work included. Prerequisite: PHY 212. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Physics in Secondary Schools. A course designed to acquaint the 
student with some of the special methods, programs, and problems in the teaching of physics 
in secondary schools. Required for secondary certification in physics. 1 credit. 

421, 422. Quantum Mechanics I, II. A study of selected topics in modem physics, utilizing 
the methods of quantum mechanics. The Schrodinger equation is solved for such systems as 
potential barriers, potential wells, the linear oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. Perturbation 
techniques and the operator formalism of quantum mechanics are introduced where appro- 
priate. Prerequisites: PHY 211 and MAS 266, or permission. 3 credits per semester. 

Faculty 
Michael A. Day, professor of physics. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

He has two doctorates: one in physics, one in philosophy. His publications are in theoretical 
physics (specializing in anharmonic solids), the philosophy of science and the teaching of 
physics. Day also worked for Shell Oil as a geophysicist. 

Barry L. Hurst, associate professor of physics. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His background in sputtering involves investigating the material ejected from ion bombarded 

surfaces using the technique of secondary ion mass spectrometry. Other interests include 

electronics and experimental design. 



104 



J. Robert O'Donnell, professor emeritus of physics. 

M.S., University of Delaware. 

He is interested in the physics of music, including the acoustical properties of the guitar. 

Jacob L. Rhodes, professor emeritus of physics. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

His background is nuclear physics with interests in the relationship of physics and society. 

William Robert Miller Jr., adjunct professor of physics. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His background is experimental solid state physics with interests in mathematical methods 

in physics. 

Arlen J. Greiner, adjunct instructor in physics. 

M.S., Franklin and Marshall College. 

Having been an engineer for RCA and GE for over 25 years, his background includes physics 

and engineering with a specialization in electronics. 



Professor Day works with students on tneasuring the chai-ge-to-niass ratio of electronics. 

105 



DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE AND ECONOMICS 

Political Science Program 

Political scientists study government institutions and the political systems related to them. 
Students who major in political science take courses to give them a thorough understanding 
of the American political system, the political systems of other nations, and international 
politics. One half of the 36 credits in this major must be taken in core requirements and the 
other half consist of elective credits chosen by the student. Political science majors have gone 
on to careers in law, politics, high school teaching, and government service. 

The political science major is closely related to the pre-law and criminal justice programs. 
Several political science courses are required for each of them. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in political science. 

Major: PSC 111, 112, 130, 210, 220, 350 and six additional elective courses in political 
science (36 credits). 

Minor: PSC 111, 112, 130,210,220, and one additional elective course in political science 
(18 credits). 

Courses in Political Science (PSC): 

111. American National Government I. In this course, we discuss the ideas that shaped the 
original American political system and the ways these ideas have developed. In addition, we 
examine important civil rights questions relating to freedom of speech, the press, and religion. 
The course also explores contemporary debates over equal rights (affirmative action) and privacy 
rights (abortion and sexual orientation). Finally, we look at the operations of interest groups and 
political parties and the processes by which candidates get elected to office. 3 credits. 

112. American National Government II. In this course, we discuss the functions of the 
Presidency, the Congress, and the federal courts. With this material learned, we examine 
various domestic, defense, and foreign policy-making questions including debates over 
balancing the budget, welfare reform, defense strategies, and U.S. relations with other 
nations. The course also includes an examination of state and local government. 3 credits. 

130. International Relations. The study of international relations focuses on a series of 
questions: Who are the principal actors in the international system? How has the international 
system evolved into its present form? What are the central issues confronting the international 
system? And, finally, what appears to be the prospects for a humane, peaceful international 
order? 3 credits. 

140. Modern Asia. This course examines modem Asia, a region that has undergone a 
remarkable economic modernization and now stands as one of the world's great centers of 
wealth and power. The course traces Asia's 19th century enslavement to imperialism and 
colonialism, followed by its tragic descent into war in the first half of the 20th century. The 
bulk of the course traces the meteoric rise of Asia in the late 20th century. Industrialization, 

106 



modernization, and democratization are the themes of much of the course. 3 credits. 

150. Modem Middle East. A broadly interdiscipHnary survey of the development of the 
modem Middle East. The region's diverse social, cultural, political, and economic charac- 
teristics are examined and particular attention given to the complex relationship between the 
Middle East and the west. 3 credits. 

210. Comparative Government. This course is a comparative study of important political 
systems of the world. Methods of comparing government are also treated. Countries surveyed 
are Great Britain, Germany, France, Russia, Japan, China, and two or three countries from 
the developing world. 3 credits. 

211. The Developing Nations. A survey of the developing nations of Latin America, Asia, 
Africa, and the Middle East. The political economy of development, in both its domestic and 
international dimensions is emphasized. Country studies will include Nigeria, Mexico and 
the Philippines. 3 credits. 

216. Quantitative Methods in Behavioral Science. Evaluation of behavioral research empha- 
sizing the descriptive and inferential statistics used in experiments and correlational studies. 
Prerequisite or corequisite: PSY 100 or 120. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Psychology 216.} 

220. Political Philosophy. This course investigates how thinking about politics has devel- 
oped from the time of the Greeks in 5th century Athens down to the late 20th century. The 
course uses the central questions of politics (Why obey? Who should rule?) as the focus for 
examining Western political thinking. 3 credits. 

250. Public Policy Analysis. This course gives students an understanding of the public policy 
process and of policy analysis at the national level of government. The course includes 
theories of policy-making as well as an examination of such substantive policy areas as 
foreign, defense, subsidy, and redistributive policies. Prerequisites: PSC 111 and 112. or 
permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

260. The President and Congress. This course will examine the Presidency and Congress as 
institutions and as policy-making agencies of the government. It will focus on the necessar}' 
interactions between these two branches of the government. Prerequisites: PSC 1 1 1 and 112 
or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

312. American Foreign Policy. A survey of the foreign policy of the United States, 
emphasizing the post- World War II era. Topics covered include the policymaking process, 
especially the ongoing struggle between the President and the Congress over the power to 
make foreign policy, the evolution of American foreign policy since World War II. and the 
principal issues confronting the nation since the end of the Cold War. 3 credits. 

315. American Constitutional Law I. Constitutional law and inteipretation and the powers 
of government. Topics include judicial review, national supremacy, private property, 
contracts, commerce powers, equal rights, and civil liberties. PSC 111 and 112 strongly 
recommended. 3 credits. 

107 



316. American Constitutional Law II. Constitutional law and interpretation and the Bill of 
Rights. Emphasis is given to civil liberties, equal rights, and rights of the accused. PSC 1 1 1 
and 112 strongly recommended. 3 credits. 

320. Electoral Politics. The dynamics of the electoral process, with emphasis on presidential 
and congressional elections and the role of parties, public opinion, and interest groups. 3 
credits. 

330. State and Local Government. Governmental institutions, characteristics of state and 
local political systems and the major inter-governmental problems in state and local 
relations with the federal government. 3 credits. 

350. Seminar in Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science majors to 
pursue a research interest within a broad topic area prescribed for each semester the seminar 
is given. Students will present their work at an undergraduate research conference. Prereq- 
uisites: major in political science and junior or senior standing. 3 credits. 

415. Foundations of American Law. An historical survey of American legal development 
from colonial times to the present. The course is a supplement to Constitutional Law. 
Strongly recommended for pre-law students. Prerequisite: PSC 1 12. 3 credits. 

420. Seminar in World Politics. A consideration of significant theories of international 
relations and their applicability to such selected contemporary issues as superpower rela- 
tions, conflict resolution, development of the poor nations, and economic interdependence. 
Prerequisites: PSC 130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Economics Program 
Economics is the science of the choices forced on us by a world of resources that have 
competing uses. The traditional major in economics deals with decisions and choices made 
by individuals and firms and with the macroeconomic consequences of those choices. In 
addition to this traditional major, the department offers a major in public policy economics 
which emphasizes the application of economic methodology and analytical tools to the 
choices made by groups such as firms, families and political units. This major includes 
courses in political science and a government-service oriented internship. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degrees: Bachelor of Arts with a major in economics. 

Major: (Economics) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312, and four additional elective courses in 
economics; ACT 161; MAS 335, MAS 150 or 161 or HI; MAS 170 or 270 or 372 (36 
credits). 

Major: (Economics: PubUc Policy Concentration) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 250, 321, 400, 
410, and 315 or 316; PSC 1 1 1, 112 and 250; ACT 161, MAS 150, MAS 170 or 270 or 372 
(48 credits). 

108 



Minor: (Economics) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312; and one additional economics elective 
course (18 credits). 

Courses in Economics (ECN): 

100. Public Issue Economics. This course, for the non-major, covers public policy issues 
from the viewpoint of the economist. It looks at how individuals and also groups like 
corporations and governments make decisions about how resources are used. Issues covered 
remain current but may include welfare, poverty, crime, the environment, race and gender in 
microeconomics and unemployment, the debt and deficit, inflation and growth at the 
macroeconomic level. 3 credits. (Students having completed ECN 101 and/or 102 may not 
receive credit for ECN 100.) 

101. Principles of Microeconomics. The course examines how individuals and firms make 
choices within the institution of free-market capitalism. Individuals decide how much of their 
time to spend working and what to buy with the earnings of their labor. Firms decide how 
much to produce and in some cases what price to charge for their goods. Together these 
choices determine what is produced, how it is produced and for whom it is produced in our 
economic system. 3 credits. 

102. Principles of Macroeconomics. This course extends the study of consumer and 
producer choices to discover how they affect the nation's economy. Macroeconomics deals 
with the economy as a whole as measured by the key variables of inflation, unemployment, 
and economic growth. Emphasis is on both Keynesian and classical theories and how they 
predict what monetary and fiscal policies can be used to affect these variables and reach 
national economic goals. Prerequisite: ECN 101. 3 credits. 

201. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis. This course covers the major theories of 
mainstream neoclassical economics. There is intensive study of the models of consumer and 
firm behavior that permit understanding of how the prices and quantities of goods and 
services are determined in a free market capitalistic system. The implications for social 
welfare, and equity and efficiency issues that are inherent in the free-market system are 
emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

202. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis. In this course, students develop a model of the 
macroeconomy which permits them to analyze the nature of the business cycle. The 
assumptions built into the model can be altered, rendering it capable of examining the 
macroeconomy from various theoretical viewpoints. In addition to unemployment, inflation 
and economic growth, the course covers real business cycles, the macroeconomic implica- 
tions of free trade and emphasizes the microeconomic foundations of macroeconomics. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

250. Public Choice Economics. This course is the foundation course for the curriculum in 
Pubhc Policy. It concerns itself with how individuals and groups make decisions in the 
context of the family, interest groups, bureaucracies and the government. It goes beyond 
individual choice and private markets to group interests and activities. It emphasizes the 

109 



ethical and political nature of all economic choices. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 
3 credits. 

312. Money and Banking. The study of the nature and functions of money and credit, 
including the development and role of commercial and central banking, structures of the 
Federal Reserve System, and monetary and banking theory, policy and practice. The course 
considers the political nature of money and the tension between fiscal and monetary policy 
making. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

315. Health Economics. This course uses the concepts of micro and macro economic theory 
to examine how health care is produced, delivered and financed. The tension between 
efficiency and equity that pervades the free market system will be a focal point. Topics such 
as the pricing of medical care, insurance and moral hazard, ethical problems of quality versus 
quantity control, and the political nature of policy decisions are examined. Prerequisites: 
ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

316. Ecological Economics. Ecological economics stresses the co-evolution of human 
preferences, understanding, technology and cultural organization. This approach differs 
from that of conventional economics and conventional ecology in the importance it attaches 
to environment-economy interactions. The role that our economic system plays in decisions 
affecting the sustainability of our ecosystems is emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 
102. 3 credits. 

321. Public Finance. This course extends the study of public economics to its application in 
the principles of taxation and public expenditures. Topics include the structure of the Federal 
Budget, the national debt and fiscal deficits, but also state and local financing and the division 
of responsibilities between the federal and local governments. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 
102. 3 credits. 

332. International Economics. This course introduces the theory and practice of interna- 
tional economic relations. It includes, not only the history and purpose of trade and the 
traditional theory of the gains from trade, but also the more modem theory of trade with 
imperfect competition. The history and nature of the institutional structures of trade (World 
Trade Organization) and international finance (International Monetary Fund) are covered. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

410. Senior Seminar. This course begins with an introduction to econometrics; each student 
will complete a research project that includes data analysis using a statistical computer 
program and retrieving data from the Internet. Students will also read and critique articles 
from referred economic journals and from the popular press. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102, 
201, 202 and either 250 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Criminal Justice Program 

For students interested in the field of criminal justice (including police work, counseling 
juvenile offenders, court assistants, probation work, and other areas), the courses listed below 

110 



constitute the criminal justice program. The chairs of the Sociology and Social Work and the 
Political Science and Economics Departments function as advisers for this program. 
Interested students should consult with one of these advisers. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major or minor in criminal justice, but the program can be most easily combined 
with a major in political science or sociology. However, the program is not confined to majors 
in these areas. 

The courses required are as follows: PSC 112,315,316,415; SOC 110,331,333; one of the 
following: SOC 278, SOC 271, SOC 272; six credits of PSC, PSY, SOC, or SWK 400. C30 
credits.) 

Faculty 
D. Eugene Brown, professor of political science. 
Ph.D., State University of New Yoric at Binghamton. 

He teaches international studies, with a particular emphasis on Asia. He has authored or 
coauthored four books on international affairs and a number of papers, articles, monographs, 
and book chapters on Japanese foreign policy. He was Visiting Professor of Foreign Policy 
at the U.S. Army War College from 1989-1991 and was the Visiting Professor of Interna- 
tional Affairs at Nanjing University in China from 1995-1996. 

Paul A. Heise, associate professor of economics. 

Ph.D., New Scliool for Social Research. 

His chief areas of interest are public policy and the history of economic thought. He has 

served in several positions in the U.S. Department of State and the Executive Office of the 

President. He has published in the United States and abroad on labor and multinational 

corporations and on the philosophy of Adam Smith. 

Jeanne C. Hey, associate professor of economics. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., Leitigh University. 

She specializes in economic theory and environmental and health economics. Her chief 

interests are in the application of economic principles to the study of social issues. Her 

professional focus is on the economic analyses of state and local public policy issues. 

John D. Norton, professor of political science. 

Ph.D., American University. 

He teaches courses in American government, constitutional law. political theory and 

American politics. He is the pre-law adviser for the college. His professional and research 

interests are in the areas of American Constitutionalism, history of political thought and 

political rhetoric. 



Ill 



DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

Psychology Program 
The goal of psychology is the scientific description and explanation of behavior. This goal 
is approached in diverse ways: from laboratory experiments on animal behavior at one 
extreme, to clinical interventions having therapeutic behavioral objectives at the other. This 
diversity makes psychology important to fields such as business, education, and medicine, 
and makes it an integral part of any liberal arts education. 

The undergraduate major in psychology incorporates many aspects of psychology. It 
includes elements of a general education as well as elements specially tailored to each 
student's career training. Some students completing the major have gone on to prestigious 
graduate schools while others have utilized their undergraduate training to take jobs 
immediately upon graduation. The departmental degree requirements are sensitive to this 
career diversity. 

Degree Requirements: 

The courses required of all psychology majors include: The Individual and Society (PSY 100), 
General Psychology (PSY 1 10), Experimental Psychology (PSY 210), Psychological Statistics 
(PSY 216), Sophomore Seminar (PSY 299), and the History of Psychology (PSY 443). These 
courses provide a firm foundation for specialization in any of the content areas of psychology. 

The student majoring in psychology is also expected to focus in one of four content areas: 

(1) clinical and counseling psychology 

(2) experimental psychology 

(3) developmental and school psychology 

(4) industrial/organizational psychology 

The three required courses in an area of specialization are intended to link the liberal arts 
background to specific career goals. 

In addition to these general and specialized courses, all psychology majors are encouraged 
to participate in the educational process beyond the classroom through independent studies, 
laboratory research, and internships. The department is committed to providing opportuni- 
ties for work experiences as a component of the psychology major. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in psychology. 

Major: PSY 100, 1 10, 210, 216, 299, 443; one course from: 335, 355, 356, 358; one course 
from 32 1 , 332, 343, 346; and three additional courses from a single specialty area (32 credits). 
For a concentration in clinical/counseling psychology, the additional courses should be from 
332, 335, 343, 359, 43 1,432. For a concentration in experimental/physiological psychology, 
the additional courses should be from 335, 346, 355, 356, 358, 359. For a concentration in 
organizational/industrial psychology, the additional courses should be from 160, 332, 335, 
337, 346, 359. For a concentration in developmental/school psychology, the additional 
courses should be from 160, 220, 321, 322, 326, 332, 343, 346, 359. 



112 



Minor: PSY 100, 1 10, 210, 216 and three elective courses in psychology (22 credits). For an 
emphasis in clinical/counseling psychology, the electives should be from 332, 335, 343, 358, 
431, 432. For an emphasis in experimental/physiological psychology, two of the electives 
should be from 335, 355, 356, 358. For an emphasis in organizational/industrial psychology, 
two of the electives should be from 160, 332, 337, 346. For an emphasis in developmental/ 
school psychology, two of the electives should be from 220, 321, 322, 332, 346. 

Courses in Psychology (PSY): 

100. Psychology: The Individual and Society. An introduction to psychology as a social 
science. Covers the interactions of the individual and society that influence development, 
learning, motivation, sexuality, and identity, as well as social and emotional adjustment. 3 credits. 

110. General Psychology. A survey course examining the relationship between research and 
theory in the field of psychology. The course is intended to give the student an overview of 
all areas of specialization within psychology. 3 credits. 

160. Career Counseling. The course surveys assessment of skills and competencies, 
occupational research, decision-making, and job search strategies. Students are encouraged 
to apply the theories of career counseling to their own vocational decisions and goals. 
Prerequisite: PSY 100, 1 10, 210 or permission. 3 credits. 

210. Introduction to Experimental Psychology. Focuses on psychology as a science. It 
emphasizes laboratory research, and covers topics relevant to scientific research, and science 
in general (e.g.. research design, experimental methods, data analysis and interpretation, and 
scientific ethics). Topics of experimental psychology (eg. sensory and perceptual processes, 
learning and memory, psychological testing, and social behaviors) are discussed. 4 credits. 

216. Quantitative Methods in Behavioral Science. Evaluation of behavioral research 
emphasizing the descriptive and inferential statistics used in experimental research and 
correlational studies. Prerequisite or corequisite: PSY 100, 1 10, or 210. 3 credits. {Cross- 
listed as Political Science 216.} 

220. Educational Psychology. Studies of cognitive, behavioral, emotional and social 
processes in the school; required for certification in elementary and music education. 
Prerequisite: PSY 100, 1 10 or 210. 3 credits. 

299. Sophomore Seminar. This course is designed to assist psychology majors in de\'eloping 
skills to be more successful in future academic and work settings. Subjects include cuiTent 
research in psychology and related fields, how to improve writing skills, how to prepare for 
a career in psychology, how to apply to a graduate program, how to study for the ORE. and 
how to choose internships sites. 1 credit. This will be a pass/fail course for all students. 

321. Psychology of Child Development. A study of the patterns of cogniti\ e. social and 
emotional developmental changes occurring during childhood. Special attention is given to 
research studies, developmental mechanisms and theories of development. Prerequisite: 
PSY 100, 110 or 210. 3 credits. 

113 



322. Psychology of Adolescent Development. A study of the psychological characteristics 
and changes occurring during adolescence. Topics include psychological development, 
social influences, cognitive and intellectual development, emotional development, identity 
and self-concept, sexual development, values, and transition to adulthood. Prerequisite: PS Y 
100, 110, 210 or 216. 3 credits. 

326. Psychology of Adult Development. A study of research literature and theories con- 
cerned with psychological change in the adult, from late adolescence to death. Includes the 
works of such theorists as Maslow andErikson. Prerequisite: PSY 100, 1 10, 210 or 216. 3 credits. 

332. Psychological Testing and Assessment. Introduction to the principles of psychological 
measurement, methods of test design and construction, and applications and interpretations 
of existing psychological tests. Prerequisite: PSY 100, 1 10, or 210. 3 credits. 

335. Research Design and Statistics. A survey of experimental designs utilized in psycho- 
logical investigations. Includes factorial experiments, field studies, correlative designs and 
multivariate techniques. Readings are selected from current research in clinical, educational, 
organizational, and laboratory settings. Prerequisites: PSY 210, 216 or permission. 3 credits. 

337. Organizational Psychology. A study of psychological principles as applied to problems 
of organizational behavior, with emphasis on personnel selection, human engineering, group 
dynamics, systems design, training, leadership, and performance evaluation. Prerequisite: 
PSY 100, 110 or 210. 3 credits. 

343. Personality. A study of the major theories of personality, emphasizing psychoanalysis, 
humanistic psychology, behaviorism, social learning, and trait theory. Prerequisite: PSY 
100, 1 10 or 210; junior or senior standing, or permission. 3 credits. 

346. Social Psychology. A study of the inter- and intra-personal relationships between 
individuals and groups, with emphasis on theories and research studies. The topics covered 
may include attitude development and change, conformity, persuasion, person perception, 
attribution, attraction, and group processes. Prerequisites: PSY 100, 110 or 210; junior or 
senior standing, or permission. 3 credits. 

350. Drugs and Behavior. This survey course is designed to familiarize students with the 
physiological, psychological, social and legal aspects of various drugs including alcohol, 
marijuana, caffeine, over-the-counter drugs, cocaine, heroin and the opiates, LSD and other 
hallucinogens, barbiturates and amphetamines. 3 credits 

355. Learning and Memory. This course surveys psychological research on learning and 
memory. Topics include classical and instrumental conditioning, verbal learning, problem 
solving, basic memory processes, and models of learning and memory. Prerequisite: PSY 
100, 110, 210 or permission. 3 credits. 

356. Sensory and Perceptual Processes. This course focuses on the structures and functions 
of sensory systems. It includes the study of the visual system as a model to delineate 
information processing strategies in the eye, the optic nerve, and the brain. The course will 
delineate sensory from perceptual processes. The perception of visual, olfactory, auditory, 

114 



gustatory and vestibular and cutaneous information will be discussed from experimental, 
physiological, and philosophical perspectives. Prerequisite: PSY 100, 1 10, 210 or permis- 
sion. One course in biology is recommended. 3 credits. 

358. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological mechanisms underlying behavioral 
processes. Focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception, learning and 
memory, sleep, and motivation and emotion. The laboratory portion of the course includes 
sheep brain dissection and behavioral observation. Prerequisite: PSY 100, 110. 210 or 
permission; completion of a biology course is recommended. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as 
Psychobiology 358.} 

359. Research Practicum. A course designed to provide students with the opportunity to 
develop a research idea and carry it through to completion, with literature, review proposal, 
pilot study, data analysis, write-up, and presentation. The aim of the course is to give students 
practical experience in research so that they have a better appreciation of the nature of the 
research process. Prerequisites: PSY 210 and 216 or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

385. Health Psychology /Behavioral Medicine. This course is designed as an introduction to 
health psychology/behavioral medicine. It will consider the role of psychology in the health 
field, including medical settings. It covers the relationship between psychological factors and 
physical disease from predisposition through maintenance. The study of behavioral medicine 
will include treatment of stress and stress-related disorders, preventive health behaviors and 
factors related to adherence of treatment programs. It also explores the psychological 
connections of pain and pain management, and how personal control is related to both health 
and the disease process. 3 credits. 

431. Abnormal Behavior and Experience. A study of mental, emotional and behavioral 
problems, including alcohol and drug abuse, brain disorders, criminal and psychopathic 
behavior, neuroses, psychophysiological reactions, psychoses, sexual deviations, subnormal 
intelligence, and suicide. Prerequisites: PSY 100, 1 10 or 210; junior or senior standing or 
permission. 3 credits. 

432. Introduction to Clinical Psychology. A study of the ways psychologists assist persons 
and groups. Particular attention is given to assessment, individual and group therapy, 
marriage and family counseling, and community psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 100. 1 10 
or 210; PSY 431 or some psychiatric experience, or permission. 3 credits. 

443. History and Theory. Studies the history of psychology including philosophical 
concepts, early schools of psychology, important trends, and famous psychologists. Prereq- 
uisites: PSY 1 10; junior or senior standing; or permission. 3 credits. 

500. Independent Study. Prerequisite: PSY 359. This will be graded pass/fail only. 

Faculty 
Salvatore S. Cullari, professor of psychology. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Western Michigan Universit}\ 

His teaching interests are in clinical and abnormal psychology, personality and social 
psychology. His current research areas are in schizophrenia and the study of eating disorders. 

115 



Deanna L. Dodson, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Memphis. 

Her teaching interests are in hfespan development, experimental psychology and research 

methods. Her current research areas include hemispheric specialization and handedness, and 

developmental patterns in lateralization. 

Kerrie D. Laguna, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D. Candidate, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. 

Her teaching interests include child and lifespan developmental psychology. Her research 

interests are in cognition and aging. 

Louis Manza, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., City University of New York. 

His teaching interests include cognitive psychology, statistics, experimental methodology, 

and the history of psychology. Research interests focus on implicit learning and memory, 

cognition and emotion, attention, and the neurological processes underlying thought processes. 

Steven M. Specht, associate professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton. 

His teaching interests include statistics and experimental design, as well as a variety of areas 

in psychobiology. Current research interests are ingestive behaviors, human taste perception 

and psychobiology. 

Martha Bred, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., Fordham University. 

Her interests include counseling psychology and developmental and educational psychology. 

Stephanie (Stevie) Falk, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., Loyola University of Chicago 

Her teaching interests are in clinical and counseling psychology. She is in private practice. 

Joseph E. Peters, adjunct associate professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Supervises the internship students. His research interests are in clinical psychology and 

computer applications to patient management. He is a clinical psychologist at a veterans 

administration hospital. 

Beth J. Shaw, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Rhode Island. 

Her teaching areas are developmental and educational psychology. She is a psychologist at 

Milton Hershey School. 

Richard J. Tushup, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His teaching interests are in experimental psychology, neuropsychology and abnormal 

psychology. He is a staff psychologist at a veterans administration hospital. 



116 



DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY 

A major in religion or philosophy may be combined with a major or minor in another subject. 
Many majors go on to advanced study in graduate or professional schools and seminaries. Our 
graduates have pursued a wide variety of careers in education, law, ministry and business. 

Religion Program 
The study of religion is designed to give students insight into the meaning of the religious 
dimension of human experience. Course work in religion introduces students to the various 
historical and contemporary expressions of the Judeo-Christian heritage as well as to the 
diverse religious traditions of humankind. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in religion. 

Major: REL 110, 115, 116,201 or 202, 31 1, 312, and four additional courses in religion, of 
which at least one must be in 200-level courses and one in 300-level courses (30 credits). 

Minor: REL 1 10, 1 15, 1 16, 201 or 202; and two additional courses in religion, of which at 
least one must be in 300-level courses. (18 credits). 

NOTE: To be credited for majors or minors in religion, cross-listed courses must be 
designated as religion courses at registration. 

Courses in Religion (REL): 

110. Introduction to Religion. An exploration of the many dimensions of religion as a central 
human experience: self and meaning, religious expression, religious knowledge, religion in 
its cultural context, and religion and the natural order. 3 credits. 

775. World Religions I. An introduction to the major religions of African and middle-eastern 
origin, with emphasis on Judaism, Christianity and Islam. 3 credits. 

116. World Religions II. An introduction to the major religions of far-eastern origin with 
emphasis on the religious traditions of India. China and Japan. 3 credits. 

120. Religion in America. A study of the origin and development of religious expression in 
America. 3 credits. 

160. Religion and Ethics. A study of religion in its relation to moral values, both personal 
and social, with emphasis on Christian ethics. 3 credits. 

201. Biblical Literature I. A study of the Hebrew scriptures (known to Christians as the Old 
Testament) and related literature, including their historical and social context. 3 credits. 

202. Biblical Literature II. A study of the New Testament and related literature, including 
its historical and social context. 3 credits. 

117 



230. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contemporary 
reUgious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith and culture; and 
interpretations of revelation, symbolism, and religious language. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as 
Philosophy 230.} 

257. Judaism. A survey of the development of Judaism and its contemporary teachings and 
practices. 3 credits. 

253. Buddhism. A study of the development of Buddhism, including its teaching, practice 
and influence as one of the great missionary religions. 3 credits. 

260. The Sacred and Society. A study of debates concerning the sacred origins of society in 
China, India, and Western Europe. The course includes claims for divine sanctions for 
societal structures as well as opposing views. 3 credits. 

265. Myth and Metamorphoses. A study of God in a variety of cultures, including India, 
Egypt, and Greece at periods when writers were adapting mythic traditions and formulating 
less poetic, more literally minded views of the divine. The course also explores a variety of 
theoretical approaches to myth. 3 credits. 

311. History of Christianity I. The story of Christianity from the apostolic age to the 
Renaissance. 3 credits. 

312. History of Christianity H. The story of Christianity from the Protestant reformation to 
the ecumenical era. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structures and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. 3 credits. 
{Cross-listed as Sociology 322.} 

332. Religion in Literature. A study of religious and moral issues in contemporary fiction, 
poetry and non-fiction. 3 credits. 

337. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins of the 
cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course examines 
developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adaptation of those 
theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval views in the early 
modem period, and the development of new theories in recent times. 3 credits. {Cross-listed 
as Philosophy 337.} 

342. Religion, Ethics, and Technology. An exploration of ethical and religious issues arising 
from modem science and technology, using process philosophy as a basis. 3 credits. {Cross- 
listed as Philosophy 342. } 



118 



352. God. Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the early 
modern period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platonism. Topics 
include proofs for the existence of God, arguments concerning God's nature, the limits of 
reason, and the role of faith in discussing God. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 352.} 

Philosophy Program 

The study of philosophy directly involves the student in the process of sharpening critical and 
analytical abilities. Philosophy courses examine some of the greatest perennial questions of 
values, knowledge, reality and their relation to human nature. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in philosophy. 

Major: PHL 120, 160, 300; at least one course fromPHL 301-336; and six additional courses 
in philosophy (30 credits). 

Minor: PHL 160, 300; at least one course from PHL 301-336; nine additional courses in 
philosophy (18 credits). 

Note: To be credited for majors or minors in philosophy, cross-listed courses must be 
designated as philosophy courses at registration. 

Courses in Philosophy (PHL): 

110. Introduction to Philosophy. Examination of major philosophical issues and the ways 

major philosophers have dealt with them. 3 credits. 

120. Basic Logic. An introduction to the rules of clear and effective thinking. Attention is 
given to the logic of meaning, the logic of valid inference, and the logic of factual inquiry. 
Main emphasis is upon deductive logic. Students are introduced to the elements of symbolic 
logic as well as to traditional modes of analysis. 3 credits. 

160. Ethics. An inquiry into the central problems of values applied to human conduct, with 
an examination of the responses of major ethical theories to those problems. 3 credits. 

275. Social Philosophy. An examination of some of the important philosophical issues, 
including the ethical and valuational. to be found in the social institutions of politics, law. 
government, and religion. 3 credits. 

220. Political Philosophy. A survey of the different Western philosophies and theories of 
government, ancient and modem, but especially since the 16th century. 3 credits. {Cross- 
hsted as Political Science 220. } 

230. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contemporar\ 
religious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith and culture; and 



119 



interpretations of revelation, symbolism and religious language. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as 
Religion 230.} 

240. American Philosophy. A survey of philosophical thought in the United States from 
colonial period to present, with emphasis on the work of Peirce, James, and Dewey. 3 credits. 

257. Chinese Philosophical Traditions. A study of the principal Chinese philosophical 
traditions, including Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism, and Chinese Buddhism. Key writings 
are examined together with their historical background. 3 credits. 

252. Indian Philosophies. An examination of the major philosophical traditions of India, 
orthodox and heterodox, as expressed in both literature and practical effects in culture. 3 
credits. 

260. Business Ethics. An examination of ethics and values within the context of modem 
corporate organizations. The course considers issues pertinent to corporate responsibility, 
whistle-blowing, the profit motive, consumerism, bribery, conflict of interest, and cost/ 
benefit analysis. Some attention is given to classical ethical theories; a considerable portion 
of the course is devoted to case analysis. 3 credits. 

300. History of Philosophy. The development of philosophical thought from the pre- 
Socratics through the 19th century, with emphasis on philosophy as a discipline of systematic 
inquiry. 3 credits. 

301-335. Major Authors. Intensive studies of individual great philosophers or principal 
schools. Prerequisite: PHL 300 or permission. 3 credits. 

336. Twentieth Century Philosophy. Examines representative American, British, and 
Continental philosophers from 1900 to present. 

337. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins of the 
cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course examines 
developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adaptation of those 
theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval views in the early 
modem period, and the development of new theories in recent times. 3 credits. {Cross-listed 
as Religion 337}. 

342. Religion, Ethics, and Technology. An exploration of ethical and religious issues arising 
from modem science and technology, using process philosophy as a basis. 3 credits. { Cross- 
listed as Religion 342}. 

349. The Holocaust: A Case Study in Social Ethics. This course examines the moral 
responsibility of institutions in German society, 1939-1945, for acquiescing to and perpetrat- 
ing the state-sanctioned killing of European Jews and others. 3 credits. 



120 



352. God. Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the early 
modern period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platonism. Topics 
include proofs for the existence of God, arguments concerning God's nature, the limits of 
reason, and the role of faith in discussing God. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 352}. 

Faculty 
Eric W. Bain-Selbo, assistant professor of religion and philosophy. 
Ph.D., University of Chicago. 

He specializes in social ethics and recent continental European philosophy. He has presented 
conference papers on religion and the family and on teaching religious studies. Interests 
include Judaism, Asian philosophy and religion, and inter-religious dialogue. 

Donald E. Byrne Jr., professor of religion and American studies. Director of American 

Studies Program. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 

His scholarship has focused on American folk religion, particularly as expressed in the 

Methodist and Roman Catholic communities. Other interests include American studies, 

religion and ethics, religion and literature, peace studies, and mysticism. 

John H. Heffner, professor of philosophy. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., Boston University. 

His teaching interests include logic, philosophy of religion, metaphysics, and history of 

philosophy. His current interests include science and religion, philosophy of rehgion, and 

history of philosophy. He has also published research in philosophy of perception. 

J. Noel Hubler, assistant professor of religion and philosophy. 

Ph.D., University' of Pennsylvania. 

His teaching interests include philosophical ethics and major world religions. He specializes 

in ancient and medieval philosophy and Christianity and has done research in how cosmology 

is understood by the major world traditions. 

Mark E. Achtermann, adjunct assistant professor of philosophy. 

M.A., Chicago Theological Seminaty. 

He teaches introduction to philosophy, Asian philosophy, and world religions. He is 

interested in comparative, cross-cultural and cross-disciplinary studies. 

Robert W. Dell, adjunct assistant professor of religion and philosophy. 

Ph.D., Drew University. 

He teaches introduction to religion. His interests are in philosophical theology and computer 

applications in religion and philosophy. 

Donald C. Hoepfer, adjunct instructor in philosophy. 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

He teaches logic, business ethics, and other courses in philosophy. He specializes in the 

history of philosophy. 

121 



David W. Layman, adjunct assistant professor of religion. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

A specialist in the history of Amercian religious thought, he teaches a variety of courses, 

including world religions, religion in America, and history of Christianity. 

Elizabeth A. Rohrbach, adjunct instructor in religion. 

M. Div., Princeton Theological Seminary. 

She works in counseling and teaches world religions and other introductory courses. 

Helen D. Schroepfer, adjunct instructor in religion. 

M.A., St. Mary's Seminary and University. 

She teaches world religions and other courses. She is a doctoral student at Temple University. 

Pamela C. Wallace, adjunct instructor in religion. 

M. Div., Lutheran Theological Seminary at Gettysburg. 

She teaches courses in religion and is the director of Christian education at Salem Lutheran 

Church, Lebanon. 



122 



SOCIAL STUDIES PROGRAM 

The college offers a special program for students seeking certification to teach social studies 
in the secondary schools. The program includes three required components: the social studies 
core, the secondary education core, and a major in one of the following disciplines: history, 
political science, economics, sociology or psychology. Graduation requirements for any of 
these majors are noted in this catalog under the appropriate department. There is no major in 
social studies. Dr. Howard L. Applegate is the coordinator of the Social Studies Certification 
Program. 

Program Requirements: 

Social Studies core courses: ECN 101, 102; HIS 1 1 1, 112, 125, 126, 21 1 ; PSC 1 1 1, 1 12. 210: 
PSY 346; and SOC 1 10, 120; plus two of the following: PSC 140, 150; HIS 271, 273, 275, 
277 or 279 (each student shall take at least one history and one political science course with 
the understanding that the two courses selected may not be on the same geographical area); 
plus one of the following: HIS 261, 262 or SOC 362 (48 credits). 

Secondary education core courses: EDU 110; HIS 360; SED 420, 430, 440, and highly 
recommended SED 280 (24-27 credits). 

Major courses: history, political science, economics, sociology or psychology. (32-40 
credits). 




Classes are often held outside on campus. 



123 



DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL WORK 

Sociology Program 
The major in sociology gives students an understanding of human behavior. By examining 
the social and cultural forces that shape our lives, students gain a richer understanding of 
themselves and contemporary social issues. Sociology explores how and why people behave 
as they do as well as the effects of their behavior on others. In an economy that is moving from 
a manufacturing base to a service orientation, graduates in sociology are prepared to work in 
fields where an understanding of the dynamics of human relationships is important. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in sociology. 

Major: SOC 1 10, 31 1, 421, 499; 21 additional credits in sociology excluding internships (33 
credits). 

Minor: SOC 110, 311, 421; three elective courses in sociology excluding internships (18 
credits). 

Courses in Sociology (SOC): 

110. Introduction to Sociology. A study of the basic sociological perspective including the 
nature of society, the influence of culture, the development of the self, and group dynamics. 
Specific topics include deviance and social control, racism, sexism and poverty. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Anthropology. Introduction to both physical and cultural anthropology 
including human evolution, human variation, and cross-cultural analysis and comparison. 
3 credits. 

210. Social Problems. Contemporary social problems as seen through different analytical 
perspectives. Problems covered include war and peace, pollution and environmental exploi- 
tation, crime and delinquency, and emotional and physical illness. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 
120. 3 credits. 

277. Urbanology. An analysis of the city as a unique form of social organization. From a 
multi-disciplinary perspective, the course presents the nature of urbanization and the impact 
of urbanism on contemporary society. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 120. 3 credits. 

230. Sociology of Marriage and the Family. An overview of marriage and the family 
focusing upon love, mate selection, alternative life styles, marital communication, 
conflict resolution, parenting, divorce and widowhood. Utilizes an historical and cross- 
cultural perspective in addition to sociological analysis. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 120. 
3 credits. 

240. Diversity & Understanding. The major objective of this course is to help students 
become aware of the degree to which behavior (including one's own) is culturally deter- 

124 



mined. As we continue to move toward a global society with increasingly frequent 
intercultural contacts, we need more than simple factual knowledge about cultural differ- 
ences ; we need a framework for understanding inter-cultural communication and cross-cultural 
human relations. Through lecture, discussion, simulations, case-studies, role-plays and 
games, students will learn the inter-cultural communication framework and the skills 
necessary to make them feel comfortable and communicate effectively with people of any 
culture and in any situation involving a group of diverse backgrounds. Prerequisite: SOC 1 1 0, 
120. 3 credits. 

261. The Aged and Aging. An investigation of the process of aging and contemporary issues 
related to the elderly. Topics covered include Alzheimer's disease, retirement, stereotypes 
of the elderly and contributions of the elderly to society. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 120. 3 
credits. 

271. Child Abuse. The study and analysis of child abuse in its various expressions with 
additional focus on physical and sexual abuse. Emphasis will be on models and theories of 
causation, dynamics, treatment and research. Prerequisite: SOC 110, 120. 3 credits. 

272. Substance Abuse. An examination of the problems associated with substance abuse 
including a study of the prevalent myths concerning substance abuse, an exploration of the 
causes of substance abuse and an exploration of how it affects the individual, the family and 
society as a whole. In addition, the course will examine current methods of intervention and 
treatment. Prerequisites: SOC 1 10 or 120. 3 credits. 

278. Juvenile Delinquency. An examination of the causes and effects of juvenile delin- 
quency, the juvenile justice system and treatment programs for the juvenile offender. 
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 120. 3 credits. 

280. Sexuality and Society. Study of human sexuality from psychosocial and cultural 
perspectives. The course will include an examination of such topics as developmental 
sexuality, gender roles, sexual communication, sexual orientation, coercive sex, sexually 
transmitted diseases, HIV, and religious and ethical perspectives on sexuality. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110 or 120. 3 credits. 

311. Research Methods. A study of the basic concepts and skills involved in critically 
evaluating and carrying out social scientific research. Topics include values and ethics of 
research on human behavior, research design, interviewing and questionnaire construction. 
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structure and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Prerequisite: 
SOC 1 10 or 120. 3 credits. {Cross-hsted as Religion 322.} 

324. Medical Sociology. An examination of the societal bases of health, illness and health 
care. The course will include an examination of the three components of medicine: the 
patient, the medical professional and the health care organization. Specific topics will 

125 



include: the role of the patient; doctor-patient relationships; the socialization of medical 
professionals; the hospital as a complex organization, cross-cultural comparisons of health 
care and current topics of concern such as the AIDS epidemic, new technologies, and social 
response to the terminally ill patient. Prerequisite: SOC 110, 120. 3 credits. 

326. Women's Issues, Women's Voices. An examination of women's contributions to the 
world, their roles in social institutions, and issues arising from their uniqueness and social 
situations. Topics will include images of women and their writings; biology and health; issues 
of sexuality and gender identity; and women's roles in the family, religion, education, and 
in the worlds of work and politics. Prerequisite: SOC 110, 120. 3 credits. 

331. Criminology. An examination of the causes of crime. Special attention is given to violent 
crime, homicide, and rape. In addition, crimes such as arson, robbery, burglary and white 
collar crime are covered. The question of whether or not such victimless crimes such as 
pornography, prostitution and drug use should be considered crimes is explored. Prerequi- 
site: SOC 110 or 120. 3 credits. 

333. Criminal Justice. A sociological, historical, and philosophical examination of punish- 
ment and the criminal justice system. Rights of the accused, victimology, prisons, and the 
death penalty are studied. Prerequisite: SOC 110, 120. 3 credits. 

340. Group Structure and Dynamics. An overview of the theory and research on small group 
organization and process including issues related to leadership, effective communication in 
groups, conformity and influence. Application of basic principles to practical situations. 
Exercises designed to improve group leadership and participation skills. Prerequisite: SOC 
llOor 120. 3 credits. 

351. Death and Dying. Exploration of the basic legal, medical, ethical and social issues 
related to contemporary understanding of death and dying. Examines the stages of dying, the 
grief process, euthanasia, suicide, the hospice movement and life after death. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110 or 120. 3 credits. 

362. Race, Minorities and Discrimination. An examination of the patterns of structured 
inequality in American society, including a variety of minority, racial, and ethnic groups. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110, 120. 3 credits. 

382. Sociology of the Mass Media. Seminar on how society shapes the mass media and the 
effects of the mass media on individuals and society. Topics include propaganda, television 
violence and aggression, and advertising. Special attention is given to values and images 
portrayed by the mass media. Prerequisite: 6 credits in sociology, junior standing or 
permission. 3 credits. 

421. Social Theory. An intensive examination of the major sociological theorists and 
movements. Prerequisite: 12 credits in sociology. Prerequisite: SOC 110, 120. 3 credits. 



126 



499. Seminar. A critical analysis of selected themes and issues in contemporary sociology. 
Topics may vary. This course is conducted as a seminar requiring extensive student 
participation. Prerequisite: 12 credits of sociology or permission. 3 credits. 

Social Work Program 

The social work minor helps to prepare students for beginning professional practice in a 
variety of social work settings. The minor emphasizes the generalist approach by offering a 
solid foundation of core courses based on social work theory and practice. The program also 
provides students the opportunity to focus upon areas of personal and professional interest 
by choosing a concentration in such areas as criminal justice, family intervention, and the 
aged and aging/death and dying. 

Degree Requirements: 

No major is offered in social work. 

Minor: SOC 1 10; SWK 242, 262, 272, 33 1 ; six credits of SWK 400; one sociology elective 

(24 credits). 

Courses in Social Work (SWK): 

242. Basic Interpersonal Relations Skill Processes. An introduction to the theory and skills 
of interpersonal relationships that are geared toward helping people resolve personal and 
social problems. The course features skill-building exercises as well as linkage of theory and 
skills. Open to students of any major who have an interest in interpersonal relationships or 
counseling. 3 credits. 

262. Social Welfare. An introduction to social welfare policies and institutions including the 
evolution of the welfare system in our society and its approach to social problems. Focuses 
upon controversies relevant to public welfare. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

272. Human Behavior in the Social Environment. An examination of the interrelation of 
biological, psychological and sociocultural systems and their effects on human development 
and behavior. A life span perspective is used to develop an understanding of the total person 
as he/she functions in relation to his/her environment at each stage in the developmental 
process. The impact of diversity in ethnic background, race, class, sexual orientation and 
culture in a pluralistic society will also be addressed. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

331. Social Work Theory. A consideration of professional social work's knowledge, values, 
and skills base, with emphasis on generalist social work theory as it is utilized in case 
management. Prerequisite: SWK 242. 3 credits. 

Criminal Justice Program 
The chairs of the Sociology and Social Work and the Political Science and Economics 
Departments function as advisers for the criminal justice program. See page 110 for 
information on this program. 



127 



Faculty 
Sharon O. Arnold, associate professor of sociology. 
M.S.W., Temple University. 

Among her teaching interests are sociology of the family, intercultural communication, small 
groups, and medical sociology. Her research interests are achievement orientation of female 
students and the use of telecommunications in higher education. 

Marianne Goodfellow, lecturer in sociology. 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Carolyn R. Hanes, professor of sociology. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., University of New Hampshire. 

Her areas of interest include family and marriage, criminology, criminal justice, mass media, 

and leadership. She is interested in the use of cooperative learning techniques. 

Sharon Hall Raffield, associate professor of sociology. 

M.S.W., Washington University. 

Her areas of interest include social work practice with famiUes, children, and elders as well 

as policies which impact upon them. 

Robert D. Gingrich, adjunct instructor in social work. 

M.S., Moravian College. 

His teaching specialties include child abuse, juvenile dehnquency and sexual abuse. 




Students are often encouraged to work in small groups to provide hands-on learning in 
interpreting actual case studies and statistics. 

128 



GRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Lebanon Valley College offers two graduate programs. These programs are the Master of 
Business Administration (MBA) and the Master of Science Education (MSE). 

The Master of Business Administration program is a multi-disciplinary program designed to 
prepare graduates for managerial responsibilities at various levels of business organizations. 
This program provides a strong theoretical foundation as well as operational expertise in the 
areas of finance, management, marketing, human resource management and operations 
management. 

The Master of Science Education degree program is designed for elementary and middle 
school teachers, teaching in kindergarten through eighth grades, who want to enhance their 
understanding of science principles as well as their ability to teach these concepts to their 
students. This program focuses on the "hands-on" or experiential learning of science. 
Teachers with minimal experience in science and the methodology necessary to teach science 
to their students, as well as those with a strong background in one area of science and desire 
to complement it with comparable understanding of the other sciences, will benefit from this 
program. 



Graduate Program Policies and Procedures 

Academic Advising and Registration 

Graduate students should meet with their academic adviser prior to class registration. The 
adviser will develop a graduation plan with the student. All course registrations require the 
adviser's signature. 

Veteran Registration 

The college meets all of the criteria of Veterans Education under the provisions of Title 38, 
United States Code, Section 1775. The graduate programs have been approved for payment 
assistance. Veterans pay the cost of tuition, fees, books and supplies directly to the college. 
They are reimbursed by the Veterans Administration on a monthly basis. Applicants having 
any questions concerning their veteran's benefits should contact the college's veterans 
representative in the Registrar's Office. 

Transfer Credit 

A maximum of nine credits (a maximum of six core credits) may be transferred from another 
graduate program with the approval of the program director and the registrar. No transfer 
credit shall be accepted if the grade earned at another institution was less than B. Students 
wishing to transfer credits may be asked to submit course outline, textbook used, and any 
reading materials so proper credit may be given. 



129 



Concurrent Courses 

A student enrolled for a graduate degree may not take courses concurrently at another 

educational institution without prior consent of the academic adviser and the registrar. 

Grading 

Student work is graded A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, and F. Candidates must maintain a grade 

point average of 3.00 with a maximum of two C grades in the program. 

In addition, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates work that is incomplete but otherwise 
satisfactory. It is awarded only for substantial reason and work must be completed in the first 
eight weeks of the following semester, including summer session, or I will be changed to F. 

W indicates withdrawal from a course through the first 10 weeks. Thereafter, the appropriate 
letter grade will be assigned for the course. 

No graduate course may be taken pass/fail. 

Review Procedure 

Every student's academic progress shall be reviewed at the end of each academic period by 
the academic adviser. Any student whose average falls below 3.00 or who earns a C or F in 
three or more credit hours may be placed on academic probation. A student on academic 
probation may be required to retake courses or correct other academic deficiencies and must 
achieve a 3.00 cumulative average within two semesters of being placed on probation. A 
student may repeat a maximum of two graduate courses with any given course being repeated 
only once. Students who fail to correct deficiencies may be dropped from the program. A 
student may appeal any decision of the program director to the senior vice-president and dean 
of the faculty. 

Course Withdrawal and Tuition Refund 

Any student who withdraws from courses for which he or she is registered must notify the 
adviser in writing. The effective date of withdrawal is the date on which the student notifies 
the office. Failure to give notice of withdrawal will result in a grade of F. Notifying the 
instructor does not constitute official withdrawal. A refund schedule based on official 
withdrawal date is published in the semester brochure 

Time Restriction 

The maximum time for completion of a graduate program is seven years from the date of the 
admission letter. Students who have not earned the graduate degree during this period shall 
have their academic standing reviewed and may be asked to meet additional requirements 
in order to graduate. 

Academic Dishonesty 

Students are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dishonesty 
will not be tolerated. For the first academic dishonesty offense, failure in the course is 
mandatory, and the faculty member is required to inform the program director in writing. A 

130 



letter of warning shall be sent to the student by the program director explaining the 
consequences and the right of appeal. For the second offense, failure in the course and 
expulsion from the graduate program and college are mandatory. 

Address Changes 

Any change of address must be reported to the Continuing Education Office as soon as 

possible. A forwarding address should also be given to the Postal Service. 

Privacy of Student Records 

In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (P.L. 39-380) 
Lebanon Valley College releases no student education records without written consent and 
request of the student or as prescribed by the law. Each student has access to his or her 
education records with exclusions only as specified by the law. 

Financial Aid 

Students may participate in the Direct Stafford Loan Program. Graduate students should 

contact the Financial Aid Office at 717-867-6181 to discuss financial aid eligibility. 

Employee Tuition Reimbursement 

Students are encouraged to inquire about tuition reimbursement programs at their places of 
employment. Most employers of current students provide education subsidies of 50 - 100% 
of tuition. Some employers authorize the college to bill them directly. In this case, students 
must present billing authorization when they register. 

Withdrawal from Program and College and Readmission 

To withdraw from Lebanon Valley College, a graduate student must complete an official 
withdrawal form obtained from the academic adviser. To apply for readmission, a graduate 
student must have the written approval of the program director. 



131 



MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The MBA Program at Lebanon Valley College is a unique program that combines liberal arts 
studies with career preparation in the field of business administration. The multi-disciplinary 
nature of the curriculum includes standard MBA level courses along with exposure to courses 
in Executive Communications, Executive Leadership and Corporate and Organizational 
Ethics. 

MBA Admissions: 

All candidates must have a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university. 

All candidates must submit a current resume and a completed application form with the 
required application fee. They must take a GMAT examination and have the official test 
results sent to the MBA Office. Official transcripts of all undergraduate work and any 
graduate courses to be considered for transfer must be sent by the respective colleges or 
universities to the MBA Office. An individual interview is strongly recommended. 

Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action will be taken quickly after all paperwork 
has been processed. 

Graduation Requirements: 

A candidate for the MBA must complete a maximum of 36 credits, of which 27 must be 
earned at Lebanon Valley College. There are nine required core courses (27 credits) and three 
electives of the student' s choice (9 credits) for a total of 36 credits. A candidate must achieve 
at least a 3.00 cumulative average with a maximum of two C's within the 36 graduate credits 
to be certified for graduation. 

Degree Requirements: 

Every MBA candidate must complete 27 credits of core courses and 9 credits of electives. 
(MBA special topic courses can be used to meet MBA elective requirements.) All courses in 
the undergraduate common body of knowledge also must be completed successfully. 
Courses in the Lebanon Valley College MBA Program are taught on the Annville and 
Lancaster campuses as well as a Camp Hill location. 

Degree: Master of Business Administration. 

Undergraduate Core (Common body of knowledge): ACT 161, 162; BUS 230, 322, 340, 361, 
460; ECN 101, 102; MAS 170. 

Graduate Core: ENG 825; LSP 835; MGT 805, 815, 820, 860, 895; PHL 830; PSY 810 (27 
credits) and three of the following ACT 875; ECN 865; MGT 800, 840, 850, 855, 870, 880; 
special topics (9 credits). Total of 36 credits. 



132 



MBA Courses: 

MGT 755. Management and Marketing Principles. A review ofmanagement principles and 
marketing principles. Topics include: organizational theory, administrative techniques, 
marketing strategies, marketing research, buying behavior, selecting target markets, pricing, 
distributing and promoting products and services. credits. 

ECN 765. Economic Principles. A review of macroeconomic and microeconomic prin- 
ciples. Topics include: national income determination; price level; employment; economic 
growth; domestic and foreign monetary systems and policies; price, production and distribu- 
tion theories; welfare economics; and public policy. credits. 

ACT 775. Accounting and Financial Applications. A review of financial and managerial 
accounting. Topics include: the four basic financial statements, analytical analysis, cost 
control, and budgeting. credits. 

MGT 785. Quantitative Methods and Statistics. A review of quantitative methods and 
elementary statistics used in modem management science and economics. Topics include: 
linear programming and applications, forecasting, inventory models, PERT/CPM, waiting 
line models, computer simulation, probability distributions and decision theory. credits. 

MGT 795. Financial Management Techniques. A review of financial management tech- 
niques. Topics include: financial analysis and forecasting, the time value of money, valuation 
theory, capital budgeting and planning, risk assessment, short term financing, long term 
financing, and the capital market. Prerequisites: ACT 775 and MGT 785. credits. 

ACT 875. Managerial Accounting. Provides students previously exposed to basic financial 
and managerial accounting principles with an opportunity to study the structure and use 
accounting systems designed to aid management in controlling costs and profits. Stresses 
financial statement analysis, sources and uses of funds analysis, tax implications on 
managerial decisions, responsibility accounting and the impact of inflation. 3 credits. 

ECN 865. Entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, small business, and 
acquisitions. Special attention to entrepreneurial behavior, sources of funding, and actual 
case studies in the development of new enterprises. 3 credits. 

ENG 825. Executive Communications. Organizational communication skills, emphasizing 
writing, speaking and listening techniques. Interpersonal communication. Explores and 
increases communication options on individual, group and organizational levels. 3 credits. 
(Must be one of the first 3 courses taken in the MBA program.) 

HIS 840. American Business History. A historical analysis of the history of American 
business. The course is developed through a case study approach with a significant research 
component. 3 credits. 



133 



LSP 835. Executive Leadership. Theories and concepts of leadership. Examination of the 
forces in the leader-follower interaction. Analysis of the skills, behaviors, attitudes, and 
values of effective and ethical leaders and followers. Application of concepts, information, 
and experience to case studies. 3 credits. 

MGT 800. Quantitative Analysis. Surveys mathematical foundations of management 
science. Topics include linear programming, transportation and assignment problems, 
decision and network analysis, stochastic processes, queuing and simulation. Introduction 
appropriate computer software. 3 credits. 

MGT 805. Financial Policy. A quantitative approach to managerial problems of long term 
financing, asset management, dividend policy, and ethics in the firm and marketplace. 
Emphasis placed on the application of experience to class discussion based on the use of The 
Wall Street Journal. 3 credits. 

MGT 815. Marketing Management. Seminar focusing on issues in the interplay between 
marketing and society including the ethics of selling, advertising, marketing research and the 
social responsibility of marketers. Prerequisite: ENG 825 strongly recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 820. Operations Management. Systems approaches to management of production and 
service organizations. Topics include design and control of operations, operations strategy, 
product and process planning, quality management, human resources, scheduling and 
control, and materials management. Emphasis is on mathematical foundations and quantita- 
tive techniques of management science/operations research (MS/OR), related MS/OR tools 
and applications, the priority/capacity organizational concepts and the strategy underlying 
operations. Introduces appropriate computer software. 3 credits. 

MGT 850. Human Resource Management. A survey of personnel management activities in 
organizations including exploration of recent developments in the field of human resource 
management. Topics include human resource planning, recruitment, selection, training, 
equal employment opportunity, performance appraisal, discipline, career planning, compen- 
sation, safety and health. Instruction method includes case study, readings and classroom 
lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PSY 810 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 855. Legal Environment of Business. Legal concepts and principles important to 
business decision making including employment law, labor-management relations and 
relevant legislation, tax consequences of business transactions, government regulation, 
contract law and application of the Uniform Commercial Code to business transactions. Case 
study, readings and lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PHL 830 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 860. International Business Management. Theories, concepts, practices and tech- 
niques of conducting business in foreign countries. The strategic issues, the operational 
practices, and the governmental relations of multinational companies are analyzed through 
use of case study, lecture and speakers. Topics include: economic, political and cultural 
integration; trade restrictions and barriers; overseas investment and financing; entry into 
foreign markets and marketing strategies. 3 credits. 

134 



MGT 870. Labor Management Relations. Directed primarily to the understanding of the 
issues and ahematives arising out of the work place. The course provides both an overview 
of what has been identified as industrial relations as well as familiarity with the tools used 
by its practitioners. Students will study negotiation, administration, wage/fringe issues and 
contents of labor agreements. Prerequisite: ENG 825. 3 credits. 

MGT 880. Investments and Portfolio Management. This course acquaints the student with 
the tools essential for sound money management. Considers the goals of the investor with 
respect to risk exposure, tax environment, liquidity needs and appreciation versus income 
potentials. Strategies will be developed to satisfy these objectives. Mathematical models of 
portfoho selection to help reduce risk through diversification will be developed. Special 
attention will be paid to the theories of determinants of asset prices, including the capital- 
asset pricing model. Prerequisite: MGT 805. 3 credits. 

MGT 895. Strategic Management. The strategic management of large business entities, 
including the formulation and evaluation of missions, strategies, objectives and policies. 
Historical and current situations are discussed. Cases are widely used and outside research 
is required. Prerequisite: 24 hours of graduate credit. 3 credits. 

PHL 830. Corporate and Organizational Ethics. The ethical assumptions and implications 
of corporate and organizational policies and practices. Intensive readings in the literature of 
both theoretical and applied ethics. Case study analysis. Includes: corporate and organiza- 
tional social and political responsibility, ethics and business, ethics and organizational life, 
and governmental relations. Prerequisite: ENG 825 and LSP 835 or PSY 810. 3 credits. 

PSY810. Organizational Behavior. Systematic presentation of theory and research in areas 
of organizational behavior; including motivation, group dynamics, leadership, decision- 
making, organization change, career planning, and communication. 3 credits. 

Special Topics. Special topics courses are presented for the examination of current issues or 
topics of special interest that are relevant to the MBA curriculum. These courses are formal 
courses that are not listed permanently in the catalog. MBA special topic courses can be used 
to meet MBA elective requirements. 

MBA Administration and Resident Faculty 
Howard L. Applegate, professor of history and American studies. 
Ph.D., Syracuse University. 
Applegate teaches American business history. 

Cheryl L. Batdorf, academic adviser, MBA program. 
M.B.A., Lebanon Volley College. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, assistant professor of English. 

M.B.A., Dre.xel University. 

Bongiovanni teaches executive communications. 

135 



Donald C. Boone, assistant professor of hotel management. 
M.B.A., Michigan State University. 
Boone teaches accounting. 

Sharon F. Clark, professor of business administration. 

J.D., University of Richmond. 

Clark has several years experience in private law practice and several years as a supervisory 

tax attorney with the Internal Revenue Service. 

Jeanne C. Hey, associate professor of economics. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University. 

Hey teaches managerial economics. 

Robert W. Leonard, associate professor of business administration. 
M.B.A., Ohio State University. 

Leonard's teaching specialties include finance, production and service management, orga- 
nizational behavior and development, and labor and industrial relations. 

Daniel B. McKinley, director of freshmen programs. 
M.A., University of Maryland. M.A.L.S., Wesleyan University. 

McKinley maintains an interest in small group development and offers leadership laborato- 
ries for communication skills development. 

James W. Mentzer Jr., director of the MBA program, associate professor of management. 
M.B.A., Chaminade University. 
Mentzer teaches executive leadership. 

Barney T. RafHeld HI, professor of business administration. 

Ph. D., Union Graduate School. 

Raffield teaches courses in marketing and international business management. 

Gail Sanderson, associate professor of accounting. 

M.B.A., Boston University, CPA. 

Sanderson has professional experience in accounting (public and private sectors); income 

tax; computer systems analysis and design. 

Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, associate professor of accounting. 

J.D., Widener University. 

She teaches accounting and financial applications. 



136 



MASTER OF SCIENCE EDUCATION 

Students enrolled in this program will concentrate on the principles and content of science 
as well as the appropriate teaching strategies to convey these ideas to their students. All of 
the courses are designed to maximize the opportunity for doing science instead of merely 
learning about science. The program will culminate with the satisfactory completion of a 
comprehensive examination and the production of a thesis in science education. 

MSE Admissions: 

To qualify for admission to the Master of Science Education Program the applicant must 

fulfill the following requirements: 

• An applicant must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution. 

• An applicant should have an undergraduate major in elementary education. Applicants 
holding a secondary science teaching degree and currently teaching in a middle school will 
be considered for entrance after meeting with the graduate committee of the department. 

• An applicant must have achieved a 3.0 quality point average (QPA) on a four-point scale 
for the baccalaureate degree. An applicant with less than the 3 .0 QPA may be admitted with 
provisional status pending satisfactory completion of six semester hours of graduate study 
with a 3.0 or above. 

• A maximum of nine semester hours of acceptable graduate credits completed at other 
institutions may be transferred and applied toward the Master of Science Education 
degree with approval of the advisor. Transfer credits must meet a grade of 3.0 or above. 

• An applicant must arrange to have official transcripts submitted for each undergraduate 
institution attended. If transfer credits are to be considered, transcripts from graduate 
courses must also be requested by the applicant. 

• An applicant will be interviewed by no less than three members of the Science Education 
Masters Committee. 

Comprehensive Examinations: 

After completing 21 hours of coursework, with a GPA of at least 3.0. the student must pass 
a written examination prepared and evaluated by his/her graduate committee. The purpose 
of the examination is to evaluate the student' s competence in applying the course content and 
methodology to actual as well as theoretical classroom situations. The examination will take 
approximately six hours to complete and will consist of four questions related to courses 
completed and professional teaching dilemmas as they relate to science. 

Degree Requirements: 

A candidate for the MSE must complete a minimum of 30 credits, of which 2 1 must be earned 

at Lebanon Valley College. There are six required core courses, (18 credits), any electives 

137 



of the student's choice (6 credits), and a research thesis (6 credits) for a total of 30 credits. 
A candidate must achieve at least a 3.00 cumulative average to be certified for graduation. 

Degree: Master of Science Education 

Graduate Core: MSE 800, 80 1 , 802, 803, 8 1 1 , 8 1 2, 830 (24 credits) and two of the following: 
MSE 805, 806, 807, 814, 815, 816, 820 (6 credits). Total of 30 credits. 

MSE Courses: 

MSE 800. Science Education in the Elementary/Middle School Classroom. This course 
serves as an introduction to the content and methodology of science instruction as it relates 
to hands-on, minds-on science process skills in the elementary and middle school classrooms. 
Setting the tone for the entire program, it makes clear to participants the basic format which 
will be followed by subsequent courses. 3 credits. 

MSE 801. Principles of Life Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. This course 
addresses life science topics prevalent in virtually all science curricula as well as those set 
forth in the National Science Education Standards. Students will engage the use of scientific 
method to address topics typically taught in life science courses. 3 credits. 

MSE 802. Principles of Physical Science I for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. This 
course will utilize concepts in chemistry to make connections to common substances. 
Establishing chemistry as an integral part of everyday life as well as discoveries made through 
serendipity will make this topic relevant to all students. 3 credits. 

MSE 803. Principles of Physical Science II for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. 

Students will utilize hands-on experimental methods to gain confidence and experience with 
inquiry-based learning of physics. Topics will include motion, heat, light, electricity, and 
magnetism. 3 credits. 

MSE 805. Principles of Earth and Space Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. 

The interaction and effects of geology, meteorology, and space exploration will be explored 
in this course. 3 credits. 

MSE 806. Principles of Field Biology/Ecology for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. 

Environmental studies illustrating the basic principles of field biology and ecology will be 
used to demonstrate the interdependence of living and nonliving systems. Current topics in 
ecology, as they relate to the preservation of our planet and its resources, will be addressed. 
This course will focus on the collection of data and/or organisms outside the classroom. 
Appropriate methods for elementary/middle school students will be utilized and practiced. 
3 credits. 

MSE 807. Microscopy for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. This course will introduce 
the use of a variety of microscopes, starting with the hand-held microscopes and continuing 
through compound and dissecting microscopes. It culminates with the use of the scanning 
electron microscope. Students also will master preparative techniques and shde making. 3 
credits. , ^^ 



MSE 811. Curriculum Development Using the National Standards. Using the Standards in 
curriculum development, the classroom and other aspects of the public and private school 
systems will be the focus of this course. Alternative and authentic assessment, professional 
standards and current developments in science education will be taught with the elementary/ 
middle school teacher and student in mind. 3 credits. 

MSE 812. Assessment in Science Teaching. A variety of assessment techniques, especially 
appHcable to hands-on or experiential learning, will be presented. The focus will be on 
developing and adapting authentic assessment for all learners of science. 3 credits. 

MSE 814. History of Science. The historical prospective of science and scientists from 
ancient through modern history. Focus will include discoveries and scientists from both 
sexes and all ethnic backgrounds. Methods of integrating history and science in the 
elementary/middle school classroom will be addressed. 3 credits. 

MSE 815. Recent Advances in Science. Modern concepts and recent advances in 
science will be studied through books, news magazines, and newspapers. 3 credits. 

MSE 816. Science, Technology and Society. The educational objective for quality science 
education is to produce a society which is literate in science, able to solve problems, and can 
function as critical thinkers. This course utilizes biotechnology, among other areas of study, 
as a method of illustrating the need for and ultimate use of science and technology so they 
benefit society. Ethical issues involving science and technology will be discussed. 3 credits. 

MSE 820. Seminar. This course will permit some flexibility to explore current topics in 
elementary/middle school education as they arise. A seminar course will permit special 
topics to be included in the course of study. In addition, certain transfer courses may be valid 
for degree accreditation but may not be a complete match in the courses listed. 3 credits. 

MSE 830. Research in Science Education. A topic relevant to the teaching of science in the 
elementary/middle school classroom will be researched with the approval of the student's 
advisor. The topic of research should be well documented in professional journals and 
studies. 6 credits. 

MSE Administration and Faculty 
Linda F. Ebright, adjunct assistant professor of chemistry. 
M.S., University of Pittsburgh. 
Ebright teaches the principles of physical science in the elementary/middle school course. 

Maria Wagner Jones, acting director of the MSE program. 

M.Ed., Clarion University of Pennsylvania. 

Jones is the coordinator of the Lebanon Valley College Science Education Partnership and 

teaches science education in the elementary/middle school. 



139 



DIRECTORY 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES 
LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE 

Ojficers 

Ross W. Fasick '55 Chairperson 

Edward H. Arnold Vice-Chairperson 

Elaine G. Hackman '52 Vice-Chairperson 

Harry B. Yost '62 Secretary 

Andrea F. Bromberg Assistant Secretary 

Deborah R. Fullam '81 Treasurer 

Donald M. Cooper Assistant Treasurer 

Allan W. Mund Chairperson Emeritus 

F. Allen Rutherford Jr. '37 Chairperson Emeritus 

Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44 Chairperson Emerita 

Trustees 

Howard L. Applegate, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Professor and Chairperson, History and Ameri- 
can Studies, Lebanon Valley College (1999). 

Edward H. Arnold, B.A., L.H.D.; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Arnold Industries, 
Inc. (1999). 

Katherine J. Bishop, B.A., M.B.A.; President, Lebanon Seaboard Corporation (2000). 

Donald M. Cooper, Chairman of Lancaster Health Alliance and Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer of Hessian Company Limited (2000). 

Wesley T.Delhnger,CRS,GRI,CSP, '75, B.S.; Realtor, The Prudential Gacono Real Estate 
(2000). 

Ross W. Fasick '55, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Retired Senior Vice President, E.I. DuPont de 
Nemours & Co. (1998). 

Eugene R. Geesey '56, B.S.; Owner/President, CIB, Inc. (1998). 

Darwin G. Click '58, B.S.; Retired President, Click, Stanilla and Siegel, C.P.A. (1999). 

Martin L. Gluntz ' 53; B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Retired Vice President, Technical Services, Hershey 
International Division, Hershey Foods Corporation. (1999). 

Elaine G. Hackman '52, B.A.; Retired Business Executive (2000). 



140 



A.L. Hanford III, B.A.; Owner/Operator, Ladd Hanford Motors, Inc.; President, Photo- 
graphic Rotary Screen Co. (2000). 

Wendie DiMatteo Holsinger, B.A., M.Ed.; Chief Executive Officer, A.S.K. Foods, Inc. 
(1999). 

F. Obai Kabia '73, M.P.A., B.S.; Political Affairs Officer (1998). 

Alfred S. Maloney, B.S., M.A., M. Div.; Clergy/District Superintendent, Harry Hosier 
District (1998). 

James A. Mitchell, B.S., M.B.A.; Retired Corporate Insurance Manager, E.I. DuPont de 
Nemours & Co. (1998). 

Brian R. Mund, B.S., M.B.A.; President, Surphratt Investments (1999). 

Beth A. Paul '98; Student, Lebanon Valley College (1998). 

G. David Pollick, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.; President, Lebanon Valley College. 

George M. Reider Jr. '63, B.S.; Insurance Commissioner, State of Connecticut, Department 
of Insurance (1998). 

Thomas C. Reinhart '58, B.S., L.H.D.; Owner/President, T.C.R. Packaging, Inc. (1999). 

Bruce R. Rismiller '59, B.A., M.Ed.; Retired Executive Vice President, Northwest Airlines 
(1998). 

Stephen H. Roberts '65, B.S., President, Echo Data Services, Inc. (1998). 

Gail A. Sanderson, B.A., M.B.A.; Associate Professor of Accounting, Lebanon Valley 
College (2000). 

ConradM. Siegel, F.S.A.. B. Com., M.S.; Consulting Actuary, Conrad M. Siegel, Inc. (1998). 

Morton Spector; Chairman of the Board and Treasurer, D & H Distributing Company 
(1998). 

Susan E. Verhoek, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Professor of Biology, Lebanon Valley College; 
Director of the Lebanon Valley College Arboretum (1998). 

John Walter '53, B.S., J.D.; Retired President Judge, Lebanon County Court of Common 
Pleas (1998). 

Albertine P. Washington, B.A., P.D.; Elementary Teacher, Lebanon School District (1998). 

141 



J. Dennis Williams, B.A., M.Div., D.Min., D.D.; Retired Pastor, St. John 's United Methodist 
Church (2000). 

Samuel A. Willman '67, B.S., M.Com.; President , Delta Packaging, Inc. (1999). 

Harry B. Yost '62, Esq., B.S., LL.D., LL.M.; Partner, Appel & Yost (2000). 

Emeriti 
William D. Boswell, Esq., LL.B., Ph.B.; Attorney, Boswell, Snyder, Tintner & Piccola. 

Raymond H. Carr; Realtor; Commercial and Industrial Developer. 

Eugene C. Fish, Esq., B.S., J.D., D.H.L.; Chairman and President, Peerless Industries, Inc.; 
Chairman of the Board, Eastern Foundry Company; Managing Partner, Romeika, Fish and 
Scheckter. 

Arthur L. Goldberg, Esq., B.A., J.D.; Attorney, Goldberg, Katzman and Shipman, P.C. 

Thomas W. Guinivan '39, A.B., B.D., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

Paul E. Horn '40, A.B., M.Div.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

GeraldD. Kauffman '44, A.B., B.D., D.D., Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church; Officer 
of the Courts, County of Cumberland; Pastor Emeritus, Grace United Methodist Church, 
Carlisle. 

Allan W. Mund, LL.D., D.B.A.; Retired Chairman of the Board, Ellicott Machine Corpora- 
tion. 

Harold S. Peiffer '42, A.B., B.D., S.T.M., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

Kenneth H. Plunmier; Retired President, E.D. Plummer Sons, Inc. 

Jessie A. Pratt, B.S.; Retired Administrative Assistant, Sanctions Division, City of Philadel- 
phia. 

Melvin S. Rife; Retired Executive, St. Regis Paper Company. 

F. Allen Rutherford Jr. '37, B.S., LL.D.; Retired Principal, Arthur Young and Company. 

Daniel L. Shearer '38, A.B., S.T.M., B.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

E. Peter Strickler '47, B.S.; President, Strickler Insurance Agency. 



142 



Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44, B.S., Ph.D., D.ScL; Retired Chief of Carcinogen Metabolism 
and Toxicology Branch, National Cancer Institute. 

Harlan R. Wengert, B.S., M.B.A., D.Sci.; Chainnan of the Board, Wengert's Dairy, Inc. 

E.D. Williams Jr., L.H.D.; Private Investor. 

Charles W. Wolfe '44, B.A., M.Div.; Retired; Vice President Emeritus, Bucknell University. 

Honorary 

Bishop Neil L. Irons, B.A., M.A., M. Div., Ph.D., D.D., Resident Bishop of the Harrisburg 
Area of The United Methodist Church. 

Anne B. Sweigart, B.S.; Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Denver and 
Ephrata Telephone and Telegraph Company. 

Bishop Peter Weaver, M. Div., Th.D., B.A., Resident Bishop of the Philadelphia Area of The 
United Methodist Church. 




Faculty and staff take the time to offer individualized attention to students. 

143 



ADMINISTRATION 

President 
G. David Pollick, 1996-. Professor of Humanities, 1996-. B.A., University of San Diego, 
1971; M.A., University of Ottawa, 1973; Ph.L, St. Paul's University, 1973; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Ottawa, 1981. 

Andrea Folk Bromberg, 1992-; Executive Assistant to the President, 1993-; B.A., American 
University, 1973; M.B.A., University of Montana, 1978. 

General College Officers 

Deborah R. Fullam, 1982-; Vice President and Controller, 1995-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1981; M.B.A., Philadelphia College of Textiles & Science, 1988. 

RobertE. Hamilton, 1986-; Vice President for Administration, 1990-.A.B., Messiah College, 
1962; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1966; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 
1972. 

William J. McGill Jr., 1986-; Senior Vice President and Dean of the Faculty, 1995-. A.B., 
Trinity College, 1957; M.A., Harvard University, 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Deborah Ann Weekly Read, 1997-; Vice President for Advancement, 1997-. B.A., University 
of Maryland, 1977. 

Robert A. Riley, 1976-1978, 1988-; Vice President of Computing and Telecommunications, 
1995-. B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1976. 

Gregory G. Stanson, 1966-; Vice President for Enrollment and Student Services, 1991-. B.A., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1963; M.Ed., University of Toledo, 1966. 

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS 

Academic 
William J. McGill, Senior Vice President and Dean of the Faculty. 

CherylL. Batdorf, 1993-; Academic Adviser to the MBA Pro gram, 1993-. B.S., Shippensburg 
University, 1983; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1992. 

Karen Diener Best, 1990-; Registrar, 1990-. B.A., Dickinson College, 1989. 

Barbara Jones Denison, 1987-; Director of the Lancaster Center, 1995-. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1979; M.A., University of York, 1981; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1985. 

Alice S. Diehl, 1966-; Technical Processes Librarian, 1966-. A.B., Smith College, 1956; 
B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1957; M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1966. 

144 



Dale J. Erskine, 7955-; Director, Youth Scholars Institute, 1985-. B.A., University of Maine 
at Portland, 1974; M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D., University 
of Oklahoma, 1981. 

Elaine D. Feather, 1989-; Director of Continuing Education, 1989-. B.S., State University of 
New York College at Cortland, 1965; M.S., State University of New York College at 
Brockport, 1973. 

Arthur L. Ford, 1965-; Dean of International Programs, 1996-. A.B., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1959; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1960; Ph.D., 1964. 

Jaclyn Fowler-Frey, 1997-; Director of Academic Services, 1997-. B.A., Franklin and 
Marshall College, 1988; M.Ed., Millersville University^ 1991; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1997. 

Stanley A. Furmanak, 1990-; Systems and Reference Librarian, 1994-, B.A., University of 
Scranton, 1978; M.A., The Catholic University of America, 1981 ; M.L.S., Southern Con- 
necticut State University, 1984. 

Andrew S. Greene, 1990-; Director of Media Sennces, 1992-. B.S., Kutztown University, 
1990. 

Shirley Hockley, 1996-; Academic Advisor for Continuing Education, 1996-. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1980; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1994. 

John D. Hoke, 1994-; Adjunct Catholic Chaplain, 1994-. B.A. Mount St. Maiy's College, 
1971; M.A., 1975. 

Marcus Home, 1 992-; Science Departments Stock Coordinator, Hazardous Waste Materials 
Officer. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1992. 

Maria Wagner Jones, 1994- ; Coordinator, Lebanon Valley College Science Education 
Partnership, 1994-; Acting Director of the Master's of Science Education Program, 1997- . 
A.A., Harrisburg Area Community College, 1991; B.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 
1993; M.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania, 1996. 

Patricia K. Laudermilch, 1987-; Assistant Registrar, 1 996-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1996. 

Leon E. Markowicz, 1971-; Director of Academic Support Programs, 1990-. A.B., 
Duquesne University, 1964; M.A., University of Pennsylvania. 1968; Ph.D.. 1972. 

Leo Mazow, 1996-; Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Galleiy, 1996-. B.A.. University of 
Denver, 1986; M.A., Universit}' of Colorado, 1989; Ph.D.. Universit}- of North Carolina at 
Chapel Hill, 1996. 

145 



James W. Mentzer Jr., 1994-; Director of the MBA Program, 1994-. B.B.A., The Pennsylva- 
nia State University, 1983; M.B.A., Chaminade University, 1988. 

Donna L. Miller, 1986-; Readers' Service Librarian, 1986-. B.S., Millersville University, 
1984; B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1993; M.L.S., Drexel University, 1986. 

P. Robert Paustian, 1991 -; Librarian, 1991-. B.A., University of Missouri, 1971; M.A., 
University of Kansas, 1975; M.A., University of Missouri, 1979. 

Susan Szydlowski, 1995-; Director of Special Music Programs, 1995-. B.A. Colby College, 
1969. 

D. Darrell Woomer, 1992-; Chaplain, 1992-. Interim Director of the Honors Program, 
1996-. B.A., Juniata College, 1964; M.Div., Pittsburgh Theological Seminary, 1969; Th.M., 
1972; M.A., Duquesne University, 1986; Ph.D., 1996. 

Enrollment and Student Services 
Gregory G. Stanson, Vice President for Enrollment and Student Services. 

Louise Answine, 1993-; Counseling Psychologist, 1993-. B.A., Muhlenburg College, 1984; 
M.S., Millersville University, 1989; C.A.C., P.C.A.C.B., 1993. 

Lisa Beard, 1992-; Hall Director. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1993. 

Richard L. Beard, 1994-; Director of the Arnold Sports Center, 1997-; Hall Director, 
1992-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1989; M.B.A., 1992. 

Susan Borelli-Wentzel, 1990-; Assistant Director of Admission, 1992-. B.A., Albright 
College, 1989. 

Mark A. Brezitski, 1986-; Assistant Director of Admission, 1995-. B.A., Shippensburg 
University, 1985. 

William J. Brown, Jr., 1980-; Dean of Admission and Financial Aid, 1993-. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1979; M.B.A., Philadelphia College of Textiles and Science, 1988. 

Donna Centofanti, 7996-; Hall Director, 1996-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1995. 

Julie A. D>ck, 1997-; Counseling Psychologist, 1997-; B.A., Fresno Pacific College, 1985; 
M.A., Ph.D., California School/Professional Psychology, Fresno, 1993. 

David C. Evans, 79S7-; Director of Career Planning and Placement, 1989-. B. A., Slippery 
Rock University, 1969; M.Ed., Rutgers University, 1970. 



146 



Jennifer Dawson Evans, 1991 -; Director of Student Activities and the College Center, 
1995-. B.S., Kansas State University, 1989; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1991. 

Vicki Gingrich, 1994- ; Adviser to International Students, 1994-. B.S., Mansfield University, 
1975. 

Ronald K. Good, 1983-; Associate Director of Admission, 1991-. B.S. in Ed., Millersville 
University, 1959; M.Ed., 1966. 

David W. Heeter, 1996-; College Physician, 1996-. D.O., Philadelphia College of Osteo- 
pathic Medicine, 1991. 

JohnT.Hower,795S-; Counseling Psychologist, 1988-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1970; M.A., 
Rosemead School of Psychology, 1974; Ph.D., 1977. 

Linda Hower, 1993-; Counseling Psychologist, 1993-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1971; 
M.S.W., Temple University, 1992. 

Pauline Kreider, 1995-; Staff Nurse, 1995-. R.N. Diploma, St. Joseph's Hospital, 1960. 

Jennifer Liedtka, 1 994-; Assistant Director of Financial Aid, 1996-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1992. 

Gary A. Luken, 1995-; College Physician, 1995-. M.D., University of Cincinnati, 1977. 

Daniel B. McKinley, 1988-; Director of Freshmen Programs; Coordinator of Lebanon 
Valley Educational Partnership, 1995-. B.S., United States Coast Guard Academy, 1968; 
M.A.L.S., Wesleyan University, 1973; M.A., University of Maryland, 1982. 

Dawn E. Murray, 1995-; Admission Counselor, 1995-. B.A., Millersville University, 1995. 
(On leave 1997-1998). 

David W. Newell, 1992-; Assistant Dean of Student Sen'ices, 1992-, B.A. Heidelberg 
College, 1987; M.S., Bowling Green State University, 1989. 

Robert K. Nielsen, 1993-; College Physician, 1993-. M.D., Albany Medical College, 1975. 

Mindy Fames, 1995-; College Physician, 1995-. M.D., State University^ of New York, 1989. 

Heather L. Richardson, 1991 -; Assistant Director of Admission and Financial Aid Counse- 
lor, 1995-. B.S., University of Delaware, 1989. 

Karin L. Right-Nolan, 1994-; Director of Financial Aid, 1995-. B.A., Allegheny College, 
1994. 



147 



Susan Sarisky, 1993-; Admission Counselor, 1993-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1992. 

Kimberly A. Saunders, 1996-; Multi-Cultural Adviser/Assistant Director of Student Activi- 
ties, 1996-. B.S., University of Delaware, 1992; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1996. 

Robert Simmons, 7996-; Hall Director, 1996-. B.A., Wilkes University, 1993. 

Mary Jane Thomas, 1996-; Staff Nurse, 1996-. R.N., Harrisburg Hospital School of (| 
Nursing, 1952. 

Jon Westcott, 7996-; Hall Director, 1996-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1993. (S 

Cornell L. Wilson, 7997-; Hall Director, 1997. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1996. ^ 

Juliana Z. Wolfe, 1975-1978; 1979-; Director of Health Center and Head Nurse, 1979-. 
R.N., Diploma, St. Joseph's Hospital, 1963. 

Rosemary Yuhas, 1973-; Dean of Student Services, 1991-. B.S., Lock Haven University, 
1966; M.Ed., West Chester University, 1970. 

Advancement 
Deborah Ann Weekly Read, Vice President for Advancement. 

Shanna G. Adler, 1992-; Director of Alumni Programs, 1997-. B.S., Bucknell University, 
1992. 

C. Paul Brubaker Jr., 1989-; Director of Planned Giving. B.S., Franklin and Marshall 
College, 1952; M.B.A., Wharton Graduate School, University of Pennsylvania, 1955. 

Mary BethHo-wer, 1990-; Director of Media Relations, 1993-. B.A., Messiah College, 1990. 

Pamela V. Lambert, 1981 -; Assistant Director of Annual Giving, 1997-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1996. 

Carolyn A. Lauver, 1992-; Acting Director of Development, 1997-; Director of Annual 
Giving, 1992-, Associate Director of Development, 1996-. B.Mus., College Misericordia, 
1963. 

Jane Marie Paluda, 1990-; Assistant Director of College Relations, 1995-; Director of 
Publications, 1990- ; B.A., Moravian College, 1980. 

Judy Pehrson, 7 9S9-; Executive Director of College Relations, 1994-. B.A., University of 
Michigan, 1968; M. A., 1972; Certificate forTeaching Englishas aSecondLanguage, Trinity 
College, London, 1993. 



148 



Financial Affairs 
Deborah R. Fullam, Vice President and Controller. 

Dorothy A. Brehm, 1993-; Accounts Receivable Coordinator, 1996-. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1976. 

Ben D. Oreskovich, 1994-; Assistant Controller, 1994-. A.S., Danville Area Community 
College, 1990; B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1993. 

David I. Lasky, 1974-; Director of Institutional Research, 1995-. A.B., Temple University, 
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Dana K. Lesher, 1990-; Payroll and Benefits Administrator, 1995-. B.A., Millersville 
University, 1977. 

Computing and Telecommunications 
Robert A. Riley, Vice President of Computing and Telecommunications. 

Sheryl A. Campbell, 1996-; Assistant Director of Administrative Computing, 1996-. B.A., 
Elizabethtown College, 1992. 

Robert J. Dillane, 1985-; Director of Administrative Computing, 1986-. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1977. 

Crystal L. Egan, 1996-; User Support Specialist, 1996-. B.S., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1988. 

Eric M. Flickinger, 1997-; Network Support Specialist, 1997-. B.S., Towson State University, 
1995. 

Walter L. Smith, 1961-1969; 1971 -; Director of Special Serxices, 1982-. B.S.. Lebanon 
Valley College, 1961; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1967. 

Michael C. Zeigler, 7 990-; Director of User Senices, 1990-. B.S., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1979; M.Ed., 1995. 

Administrative Affairs 
Robert E. Hamilton, Vice President for Administration. 

Harold G. Schwalm, 1994-; Director of Maintenance, 1994-. 

Robert E. Harnish, 7967-; Manager of the College Store. 1967-. B.A.. Randolph Macon 
College, 1966. 

Margaret A. Lahr, 1988-; Director of Housekeeping, 1988-. 

149 



George F. Lovell Jr., 1988-; Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds, 1988-. 

Gary V. Nolan, 1996-; Assistant Manager of the College Store, 1996-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1992; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 1994. 

Louis A. Sorrentino, 1971 -; Director of Athletics, 1981-. B.A., Lebanon Valley, 1954; M.S., 
Bucknell University, 1961. 

Kathleen Tiemey, 1983- ; Associate Director of Athletics, Coordinator of Summer Sports 
Camps, 1988-. B.S., State University of New York at Brockport, 1979. 

Kevin R. Yeiser, 1982-; Director of Grounds, 1982-. 

Allen R. Yingst, 1989-; Director of Security and Safety, 1990-. 

Athletics 
Michael J. Cerasuolo, 1996-; Assistant Football Coach, 1996-. B.S., Springfield College, 
1993; M.S., Ithaca College, 1994. 

John Gergle, 1994-; Baseball Coach, 1994-. 

Peg A. Kauffman, 7995-; Women's Basketball Coach, 1993-. B.A., Millersville University, 
1987; M.Ed, 1991. 

Lawrence M. Larthey, 1988-; Wrestling Coach, 1988-. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1972. 

Allan G. MacCormack, 1997-; Ice Hockey Coach, 1997-. B.S., St. Lawrence University, 
1974; M.S., Ithaca College, 1975. 

Brad F. McAlester, 1994-; Men's Basketball Coach, 1994-. B.A., Southampton College of 
Long Island University, 1975. 

David A. Murray, 7996-; Head Football Coach, 1996-. B.S., Springfield College, 1981; M.S., 
Ithaca College, 1984; Certification of Advanced Study, State University College at Cortland, 
1997. 

CHff Myers, 1994-; Head Tennis Coach, 1994-. 

Wayne Perry, 1987-; Women's Volleyball Coach, 1988-. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1978. 

Mark Pulisic, 7992-; Head Soccer Coach, 1993-. 

O. Kent Reed, 1971 -; Men's Track and Field Coach, Men's and Women's Cross-Country 
Coach, 1971 -. B.S., Otterbein College, 1956; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University, 1970. 

150 



Matthew J. Shell, 7997-; Assistant Football Coach, 1997-; B.S., Cortland College, 1992; 
M.S., State University of New York at Albany, 1995. 

Robert Simmons, 1 996-; Assistant Basketball Coach, 1996-; B.A., Wilkes University, 1996. 

Louis A. Sorrentino, Director of Athletics, 1971-; Golf Coach, 1989-. 

James E. Stark, 1986-; Athletic Trainer, 1986-. B.S., Lock Haven University, 1983; M.Ed., 
Shippensburg University, 1986. 

Kathleen M. Tiemey, 1983-; Associate Director of Athletics, Coordinator of Summer Sports 
Camps, 1988-; Field Hockey Coach, 1983 -. 

FACULTY 

Active 
Howard L. Applegate, 1983-; Professor of History and American Studies. Chairperson of the 
Department of History and American Studies. B.A., Drew University, 1957; M.A., Syracuse 
Universit}', 1960; Ph.D., 1966. (On leave, Fall 1997) 

Sharon O. Arnold, 1986-; Associate Professorof Sociology. B.A., University of Akron, 1964; 
M.A., 1967; M.S.W., Temple University, 1994. 

Susan L. Atkinson, 1987-; Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Shippensburg Univer- 
sity, 1972; M.Ed., (Elementaty Education) 1973; M.Ed., (Special Education), 1979; D.Ed., 
Temple University, 1987. 

Eric Bain-Selbo. 1997-; Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A.. University of 
Tennessee, 1987; M.A., Miami University, 1988; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1997. 

Philip A. Billings, 1970-; Professor of English. B.A., Heidelberg College. 1965; M.A., 
Michigan State University, 1967; Ph.D., 1974. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, 1990-; Associate Professor of English. B.A.. Temple University, 
1977; M.B.A., Drexel University, 1982; M.LA., University of Pennsylvania, 1996. 

Donald C. Boone, 1988-; Associate Professor of Hotel Management. B.A.. Michigan State 
University, 1964; M.B.A., 1966. 

Leslie E. Bowen, 799i-,- Lecturer in Art. B.S.A., Moore College of Art. 1972; M.F.A., 
Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Art, 1993. 

J. Patrick Brewer, 1997-; Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Northeni 
Arizona University, 1991; M.S., University of Oregon, 1993; Ph.D., 1997. 



151 



James H. Broussard, 1983-; Professor of History. A.B., Harvard University, 1963; M.A., 
Duke University, 1965; Ph.D., 1968. 

D. Eugene Brown, 1983-; Professor of Political Science. B.S., Western Illinois University, 
1969; M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1973; Ph.D., 1982. 

Donald E. Byrne Jr., 1971-; Professor of Religion and History. Director of the American 
Studies Program. B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1963; M.A., Marquette University, 1966; Ph.D., 
Duke University, 1972. 

Sharon F. Clark, 1986-; Professor of Business Administration. B.A., University of Richmond, 
1969; J.D., 1971. 

Richard D. Cornelius, 1985-; Professor of Chemistry. Chairperson of the Department of 
Chemistry. B.A., Carleton College, 1969; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1974. 

Salvatore S. Cullari, 1986- ; Professor of Psychology. Chairperson of the Department of 
Psychology. B.A., Kean College, 1974; M.A., Western Michigan University, 1976; Ph.D., 1981. 

Donald B. Dahlberg, 1980-; Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Washington, 1967; 
M.S., Cornell University, 1969; Ph.D., 1971. (On leave, 1997-98) 

Michael A. Day, 1987- ; Professor of Physics. Chairperson of the Department of Physics. 
B.S., University of Idaho, 1969; M.A., 1975, Ph.D., 1977, University of Nebraska (Philoso- 
phy). M.S., 1978, Ph.D., 1983, University of Nebraska (Physics). 

Johannes M. Dietrich, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Montana State University, 
1990; M.M., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music, 1992; D.M.A., 1996. 

Deanna L. Dodson, 1994-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., Tennessee Technologi- 
cal University, 1985; M.S., Memphis State University, 1988; Ph.D., 1992. 

Jenny E. Dorrington, 1997-; Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., BrynMawr, 
1986; M.A., Northwestern University, 1990; Ph.D., 1994. 

PhyUs C. Dryden, 1987-; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Atlantic Union College, 1976; 
M.A., State University of New York at Albany, 1985; D.A., 1988. 

Scott H. Eggert, 1983-; Professor of Music. B.F.A., University of Wisconsin (Milwaukee), 
1971; M.A., University of Chicago, 1974; D.M.A., University of Kansas, 1982. 

Dale J. Erskine, 1983- ; Professor of Biology. Director of the Youth Scholars Institute. B.A., 
University of Maine at Portland, 1974; M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo, 1976; 
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, 1981. 



152 



Patricia Fay, 1996-; Assistant Professor of Art. Chairperson of the Department of Art. B.A., 
The College of William and Mary, 1980; M.F. A., University of Massachusetts, 1987. 

Michael D. Fry, 1983-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Immaculate Heart 
College, 1975; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1980. 

Marianne Goodfellow, 1990-; Lecturer in Sociology. B.A., State University^ of New York at 
Plattsburgh, 1979; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1982; Ph.D., 1995. 

Michael A. Grella, 1980-; Professor of Education. Chairperson of the Department of 
Education. B.A., St. Mary's Seminary and University, 1958; M.A., West Virginia University, 
1970; Ed.D., 1974. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, 1990-; Professor of English. Chairperson of the Department of 
English. B.A., Bates College, 1977; M.A., State University of New YorkatBinghamton, 1980; 
Ph.D., Boston Universit}\ 1988. (On leave. Spring 1997) 

Carolyn R. Hanes, 7977-; Professor of Sociology. Chairperson of the Department of 
Sociology and Social Work. B.A., Central Michigan University, 1969; M.A., University of 
New Hampshire, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. 

Stacy A. Hazen, 7996-; Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., Westminster College, 1991; 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996. 

Bryan V. Hearsey, 7977-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Chairperson of the Depart- 
ment of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Western Washington State College, 1964; M.A., 
Washington State University, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. 

Robert H. Hearson, 1986-; Associate Professor of Music. B. Music, University of Iowa, 1964; 
M.A., 1965; Ed.D., University^ of Illinois, 1983. 

John H. Heffner, 7972-; Professor of Philosophy. Chairperson of the Department of Religion 
and Philosophy. B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 1968; B.A., 1987; A.M., Boston University, 
1971; Ph.D., 1976. 

Paul A. Heise, 7997-; Associate Professor of Economics. B.S.F.S., Georgetown University, 
1958; M.A., 1963; M.P.A., Harvard University, 1972; Ph.D., New School for Social 
Research, 199L 

Jeanne C. Hey, 1989-; Associate Professor of Economics. Chairperson of the Department of 
Political Science and Economics. B.A., Bucknell University. 1954; M.B.A.. Lehigh Univer- 
sity 1982; Ph.D., 1990. 



153 



Barry R. Hill, 1993-; Assistant Professor of Music. Director of the Music Recording 
Technology Program. B.S., Music with Recording Arts, University of North Carolina at 
Asheville, 1989; M.M., New York University, 1996. 

J. Noel Hubler, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., University of 
Pennsylvania, 1981; Ph.D., 1995. 

Barry L. Hurst, 1982-; Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., Juniata College, 1972; Ph.D., 
University of Delaware, 1982. 

Diane M. Iglesias, 197 6-; Professor of Spanish. Chairperson of the Department of Foreign 
Languages. B.A., Queens College, 1971; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., City University of New York, 
1979. 

Cordelia W. Jennings, 1997-; Lecturer in Accounting. B.A., Washington College, 1976; 
M.B.A., Rutgers University, 1979. 

Richard A. Joyce, 1966-; Associate Professor of History. A.B., Yale University, 1952; M.A., 
San Francisco State College, 1963. 

John P. Kearney, 1971 -; Professor of English. B.A., St. Benedict's College, 1962; M.A., 
University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1968. 

Donald E. Kline, 1997-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1966; M.Ed., Millersville University, 1975; M.S.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1977; Ed.D., 
Lehigh University, 1990. 

Kerrie D. Laguna, 1997-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1990; B.Ed., 1991; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1996; Ph.D., 1997. 

Mary L. Lemons, 1 996-; Assistant Professor of Music. B. S., University of Illinois at Urbana- 
Champaign; M.S., 1990; Ed.D., 1996. 

Robert W. Leonard, 1 988-; Associate Professor of Business Administration. Chairperson of 
the Department of Business Administration. B.A., Ohio University, 1977; M.A., St. Francis 
School of Industrial Relations, 1978; M.B.A., Ohio State University, 1986. 

Louis Manza, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., State University of New York 
at Binghamton, 1988; M.A., Brooklyn College, 1991; M. Phil, City University of New York, 
1991; Ph.D., 1992. 

Leon E. Markowicz, 197 1-; Professor of Business Administration. A.B., Duquesne Univer- 
sity, 1964; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1972. 



154 



Silva-Martin-Hemandez, 1 997-; Assistant Professor of Spanish. Licenciatura, Universidad 
de Deusto-Bilbao, 1993; Diplomatura, 1994; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 
1997. 

G. Daniel Massad, 1985-; Artist-in-Residence. B.A., Princeton University, 1969; M.A., 
University of Chicago, 1977; M.F.A., University of Kansas, 1982. 

MarkL. Mecham, 1990-; Professor of Music. Chairperson of the Department of Music. B.M., 
University of Utah, 1976; M.M., 1978; D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 
1985. 

Owen A. Moe Jr., 1973-; Professor of Chemistr}'. B.A., St. Oiafs College, 1966; Ph.D., 
Purdue University, 1971. 

Shelly Moorman-Stahlman, 1997-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.Mus., University of 
Missouri-Kansas City, 1985; M.M., 1986; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1990. 

Philip G. Morgan, 1969-; Associate Professor of Music. B.M.E., Pittsburg State University 
(Kansas), 1962; M.S., 1965. 

John D. Norton, 1971-; Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Illinois, 1965; 
M.A., Florida State University, 1967; Ph.D., American University, 1973. 

Philip J. Oles, 1997-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of Connecticut, 
1968; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, 1974. 

Mary K. Pettice, 1994- ; Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University, 
1982; M.S., University of Illinois, 1983; M.A. 1986; Ph.D., University of Houston, 1994. 

Sidney Pollack, 1976-; Professor of Biology. B.A., New York University, 1963; Ph.D., 
University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

Kevin B. Pry, 1991-; Lecturer in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1976; M.A., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1980; Ph.D., 1984. 

Barney T. Raffield III, 1990-; Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A., Southern 
Methodist University, 1968; M.B.A., 1971; Ph.D., Union Graduate School, 1982. (On leave, 
Spring 1998) 

Sharon Hall Raffield, 1990- ; Associate Professor of Sociology. A.B.. Wheaton College, 
1963; M.S.W., Washington University, 1967. (On leave. Spring 1998) 

O. Kent Reed. 1971-; Associate Professor of Physical Education. Director of the Physical 
Education Program. B.S., Otterbein College, 1956; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University. 1970. 



155 



Gail A. Sanderson, 1983-; Associate Professor of Accounting. B.A., Hobart and William 
Smith Colleges, 1970; M.B.A., Boston University, 1977. 

James W. Scott, 1976- ; Prof essor of German. Director of General Education. B.A., Juniata 
College, 1965; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1971. 

Jeff Snyder, 1997-; Instructor of Music and Assistant Director of Music Recording 
Technology. A.A., Pensacola Junior College, 1982; B. A., University of West Florida, 1984. 

Steven M. Specht, 1989-; Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., State University of New 
York at Oswego, 1982; M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1987; Ph.D., 
1988. 

Joelle L. Stopkie, 1989-; Associate Professor of French. Licence, Sorbonne, 1960; M.A., 
New York University, 1963; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, 1979. {On leave. Spring 1997) 

Thomas M. Strohman, 1977-1983; 1987-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1975. 

Dale E. Summers, 1990- ; Associate Professor of Education. Director of Elementary and 
Secondary School Relations. B.S., Ball State University, 1971; M.A., 1973; Ed.D., 1978. 

Linda L. Summers, 1991-; Instructor in Education. B.S., Ball State University, 1972; M.A., 
1977. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, 1972-; Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1963; M.M., 
University of Michigan, 1965; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1977. 

Mark A. Townsend, 1983- ; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Bethany Nazarene 
College, 1965; M.A., Oklahoma University, 1969; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1983. 

Angel T. Tuninetti, \99()-; Assistant Professor of Spanish. L.L.M., Universidad Nacional de 
Cordoba, 1986; M.A., Washington University, 1991. 

Susan E. Verhoek, 1974- ; Professor of Biology. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1964; M.A., 
Indiana University, 1966; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1975. 

Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, 1987-; Associate Professor of Accounting, 1988. B.A., Lehigh 
University, 1979; M.B.A., 1985; J.D., Widener University, 1996. 

Song Wenwei, 1997-; Visiting Associate Professor of History. B.A., Nanjing University, 
1975; Diploma, Shanghai Foreign Languages Institute, 1982; M.A., Essex University 
(Britain), 1986. 



156 



Carl T. Wigal, 1993-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. A.S., College of Mount Saint Joseph, 
1984; B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1986; Ph.D., Miami University, Ohio, 1990. 

Stephen E. Williams, 1973-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Central College, 1964; M.S., 
University of Tennessee, 1966; Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis, 1971. 

Paul L. Wolf, 1966-; Professor of Biology. Chairperson of the Department of Biology. B.S., 
Elizabethtown College, 1960; M.S., University of Delaware, 1963; Ph.D., 1968. 

Allan F. Wolfe, 7965-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Gettysburg College, 1963; M.A., Drake 
University, 1965; Ph.D., University of Vermont, 1968. 

Kenneth Yamall, 1996-; Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., South Carolina 
College, 1986; Ph.D., University of South Carolina, 1992. 

Andres Zamora, 1992-; Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., Universidad Complutense de 
Madrid, 1984; M. A., Auburn University, 1986; M.A., University of Southern California, Los 
Angeles, 1989; Ph.D., 1994. (On leave, 1997-98) 

Emeriti 
Madelyn J. Albrecht, 1973-1990; Associate Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., Northern 
Baptist College, 1952; M.A., Michigan State University, 1958; Ph.D., 1972. 

Richard C. Bell, 1966-1987; Associate Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1941; M.Ed., Temple University^ 1955. 

James O. Bemesderfer, 1959-1976; Chaplain Emeritus. A.B., Lebanon Valley College. 1936; 
M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1939; S.T.M., Lutheran Theological Seminaiy, 
Philadelphia, 1945; S.T.D., Temple University. 1951. 

Eloise P. Brown, 1961-1987; Readers' Sennces Librarian Emerita. B.S.L.S. Simmons 
College, 1946. 

VoorhisC. Cantrell, 1968-1992; Professor Emeritus of Religion and Greek. B.A., Oklahoma 
City University, 1952; B.D., Southern Methodist University, 1956; Ph.D., Boston University, 
1967. 

D. Clark Carmean, 1933-1972; Director Emeritus of Admissions. A.B.. Ohio Wesleyan 
University, 1926; M.A., Columbia Universit}', 1932. 

Richard F. Charles, 1988-1997; Vice President Emeritus for Advancement. A.B.. Eranklin & 
Marshall College, 1953. 

Charles T. Cooper, 1965-1979; Associate Professor Emeritus of Spanish. B.S.. U.S. Naval 
Academy, 1942; M.A., Middlebuiy College, 1965. 

157 



George D. Curfman, 1961-1996; Professor Emeritus of Music Education. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1953; MM., University of Michigan, 1957; Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1971. 

Robert S. Davidon, 1970-1984; Professor Emeritus of Psychology, 1985. A.B., University of 
Illinois, 1940; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1946; Ph.D., 1951. 

Carl Y. Ehrhart, 1947-1983; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Dean of the College 
Emeritus. A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 1940; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1943; 
Ph.D., Yale University, 1954. 

William H. Fairlamb, 1947-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. Mus. B., cum laude, 
Philadelphia Conservatory, 1949. 

Elizabeth M. Geffen, 1958-1983; Professor Emerita of History. B.S., University of Pennsyl- 
vania, 1934; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., 1958. 

Pierce A. Getz, 1959-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1951 ; M.S. M., Union Theological Seminary School of Sacred Music, 1953; A.M. D., Eastman 
School of Music, 1967. 

Klement M. Hambourg, 1982-1995; Professor Emeritus of Music. A.T.C.M., Royal Conser- 
vatory of Music, 1946; L.R.A.M., Royal Academy of Music, 1962; A.R.C.M., Royal College 
of Music, 1962; L.T.C.L., Trinity College of Music (London), 1965; Fellow, 1966; D.M.A., 
University of Oregon, 1977. 

June E. Herr, 1959-1980; Associate Professor Emerita of Elementary Education. B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1943, L.H.D., 1997; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 
1954. 

Thomas A. Lanese, 1954-1978; Associate Professor Emeritus of Strings, Conducting, and 
Theory. B. Mus., Baldwin-Wallace College, 1938; Fellowship, Julliard Graduate School; 
M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music, 1952. 

David I. Lasky, 1974-1995; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., Temple University, 
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Jean O. Love, 1954-1985; Professor Emerita of Psychology. A.B., Erskine College, 1941; 
M.A., Winthrop College, 1949; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1953. 

George R. Marquette, 1951-1990; Vice President Emeritus for Student Affairs. A.B., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1948; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ed.D., Temple University, 
1967. 

Joerg W. P. Mayer, 1970-1997; Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences. Dipl. Math., 
University of Giessen, 1953; Ph.D., 1954. 

158 



Anna D. Faber McVay, 1954-1976; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1948; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1950; Ph.D., 1954. 

H. Anthony Neidig, 1948-1985; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1943; M.S., University of Delaware, 1946; Ph.D., 1948. 

Agnes B. O'Donnell, 1961-1987; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Immaculata College, 
1948; M.Ed., Temple University, 1952; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1967; Ph.D., 
1976. 

J. Robert O'Donnell, 1961-1987; Associate Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1950; M.S., University of Delaware, 1953. 

Gerald J. Petrofes, 1963-1988; Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. B.S., 
Kent State University, 1958; M.Ed, 1962. 

Jacob L. Rhodes, 1957-1985; Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1943; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1958. 

Malin Ph. Saylor, 1961-1980; Professor Emerita of French, 1985. Fil Kand., Universities of 
Upsala and Stockholm, 1938. 

Ralph S. Shay, 1948-1951; 1953-1984; Professor Emeritus of History and Assistant Dean 
of the College Emeritus. A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 1942; A.M., University of Pennsyl- 
vania, 1947; Ph.D., 1962. 

Robert W. Smith, 1951-1983; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1939; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. 

John A. Synodinos, 1988-1996; President Emeritus. B.S.. Loyola College, 1959; M.S.Ed. 
Temple University, 1977; L.H.D., Lebanon Valley College, 1996. 

Warren K. A. Thompson, 1967-1997; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. A.B., Trinity 
University, 1957; M. A., University of Te.xas, Austin, 1963. 

James M. Thurmond, 1954-1979; Professor Emeritus of Music Education and Brass. 
Diploma, Curtis Institute of Music, 1931 ; A. B., American University', 1951; M. A., Catholic 
University, 1952; Mus.D., Washington College of Music, 1944. 

C. F. Joseph Tom, 1954-1989; Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.A., Hastings College, 
1944; M.A., University of Chicago, 1947; Ph.D., 1963. 

Horace W. Tousley, 1981-1995; Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences. 
A.B., Ripon College, 1951; M.S.I.E., (OR) University of Alabama, 1970. 



159 



Perry J. Troutman, 1960-1994; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Houghton College, 
1949; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1952; Ph.D., Boston University, 1964. 

L. Elbert Wethington, 1963-1983; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Wake Forest, 1944; 
B.D., Divinity School of Duke University, 1947; Ph.D., Duke University. 

GlennH.Woods, 1965-1990; Associate Professor Emeritus of English. A. B., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1951; M.Ed., Temple University, 1962. 

Adjunct 
Mark E. Achtermann, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Beloit 
College, 1985; M.A., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1990. 

Robert W. Biddle Jr., 1989-; Adjunct Instructor in Hotel Management. B.S., The Pennsylva- 
nia State University, 1977; M.S., 1988. 

Melissa Hoffman Bittinger, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1988; M.A., Miller sville University, 1994. 

Anthony L. Blair, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in History. M.A., Shippensburg University, 
1993. 

James F. Bohan, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Loyola Univer- 
sity, 1968; M.A., 1971. 

Robert J. Bookmiller, 1995-: Adjunct Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A. Indiana 
University of Pennsylvania, 1985; M.A., University of Virginia, 1989; Ph.D., 1992. 

Theresa YohnBowley, 1 993-; Adjunct Instructor in French. B.A., Barrington College, 1981; 
M.A., Middlebury College, 1982. 

Teresa M. Bowers, 1978-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Susquehanna 
University, 1973; M.S., Ohio State University, 1974. 

MarthaleeT. Brod, 1992- ; Adjunct Instructor in Psychology. B.A., Houghton College, 1967; 
M.Ed., Temple University, 1968; Ph.D., Fordham University, 1985. 

Jason P. Casey, 1995- ; Adjunct Instructor in Psychology. B.F.A., University of Memphis, 
1989; M.S. 1992. 

ErwinP. Chandler, 1978-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Ithaca College, 1966; 
M.M., Indiana University, 1971. 

Jane Crabtree, 1993-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.A., Monmouth 
College, 1964; M.A., Northwestern University, 1968; M.B.A., Boston College, 1977. 

160 



Gregory L. Davis, 1991-; Graduate Adjunct Assistant Professor of Accounting. B.A., 
Gettysburg College, 1981; M.B.A., York College of Pennsylvania, 1988. 

Robert W. Dell, 1994- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., McPherson College, 
1961; M.Div., Bethany Theological Seminary, 1964; Ph.D., Drew University, 1976. 

Timothy M. Dewald, 1989-; Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Dickinson 
College, 1970; M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School, 1975. 

Joseph DiSanto, 1 992-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.S., St. Joseph's University, 1967; 
Department of Defense Information Officers' School, 1969; M.A., Annenberg School of 
Communications, University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

James A. Erdman II, 1983-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

Timothy M. Erdman, 1 988- ; Adjimct Instructor in Music. B.S., Temple University, 1970. 

Dennis N. Eshleman, 1985-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Marketing. M.B.A., Columbia 
University, 1977. 

Stephanie A. Falk, 1997-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., Villanova 
University, 1987; M.A., University of Richmond, 1989; Ph.D., Loyola University of 
Chicago, 1995. 

William R. Fisher, 1991 -; Adjunct Instructor in Education. B.S., Millersville University; 
1954; M.Ed., Temple University, 1964. 

Catherine M. Fitzgibbons, 1996-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.A., 
Williams College, 1986; J.D., Northwestern University School of Law, 1991. 

Judith A. Forster, 1993-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Millersville University, 1987; 
M.A., Millersville University, 1988. 

Rita Gargotta, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in Spanish. B.S., West Chester State College, 1972; 
M.A., 1976; Diploma, University of Saville. 

Edward R. Gilbert, 1994-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A.. Dickinson 
College, 1957; M.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1958; Ed.D., Temple Universit}; 
1965. 

Robert D. Gingrich, 1985-; Adjunct Instructor in Social Work. M.S., Moravian College, 
1968. 

Arlen J. Greiner, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in Physics. B.S., Carnegie Mellon Universit}: 
1961; M. S. , Franklin and Marshall College, 1972. 

161 



Donald C. Hoepfer, 1992-; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy, BA., Lebanon Valley College, 
1989; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1990. 

Tara J. Hottenstein, 1 996-; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1992; M.A., West Chester University, 1995. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, 1991 -; Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1987. 

Cynthia L. Kirchoff, 1994- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Franklin and 
Marshall College, 1972; M.A., University of South Florida, 1976; M.A., University of 
Rochester, 1980; Ph.D., 1986. 

Nevelyn J. Knisely, 1963-; Adjunct Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Oberlin College, 
1951; M.F.A., Ohio University, 1953. 

Waher Labonte, 1 992-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.S., Northeastern University, 1968; 
M.A., 1977; M.Ed., Curry College, 1984. 

Leonie Lang-Hambourg, 1 992-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of German. Diplom, Munchener 
Dolmetscherschule; M.A., University of Oregon, 1976. 

David W. Layman, 1 993-; Adjunct Instructor in Religion. A.B., University of Chicago, 1977; 
Ph.D., Temple University, 1994. 

James W. McArdle, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. B.A., University of Scranton, 
1992; M.A., West Chester University, 1995. 

James Miller, 1989- ; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

William Robert Miller Jr., 1995-; Adjunct Professor of Physics. B.A., Gettysburg College, 
1956; M.A., University of Delaware, 1961; Ph.D., 1965. 

Joseph D. Mixon, 1991-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.A., Moravian College, 1981; M.M., 
Combs College of Music, 1990. 

John F. Nau Jr., 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., United 
States Military Academy, 1962; M.S., Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute, 1971. 

Robert A. Nowak, 1 988-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Mansfield State 
College, 1973; M.M., University of Miami, 1975. 

Harry Owens, 1994-; Adjunct Professor of Military Science. B.S., University of Scranton, 
J 975; M.S., 1976; J.D., University of Detroit School of Law,, 1986. Lieutenant Colonel, 
United States Army. 

162 



Joseph E. Peters, 1974- ; Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., The Pennsyl- 
vania State University, 1973. 

Elizabeth A. Rohrbach, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Religion. B.A., Elizabethtown 
College, 1991; M.Div., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1994. 

Victoria Rose, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Peabody Conservatory 
of the Johns Hopkins University, 1972; M.M., Towson State University, 1994. 

Ann LaBar Russek, 1993-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Indiana University of 
Pennsylvania, 1988; M.F.A., University of Alaska Anchorage, 1993. 

Kirk W. Seibert, 1991 -; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.A., The Pennsyl- 
vania State University, 1969; M.S., Cornell University, 1973; D.S.W., University of 
Pennsylvania, 1982. 

Robert Siemers, 1995-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Southern Illinois 
University, 1979; M.M., Eastman School of Music, 1981; D.M.A., Indiana University, 
1997. 

Donald P. Snyder, 1993- ; Adjunct Instructor in History and American Studies. M.A., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1993. 

Ford S. Thompson, 1985-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. M.A., George 
Washington University, 1967. 

Anna F. Tilberg, 1982-; Adjunct Instructor of Biology. B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 
1969. 

Barbara Tremitiere, 1994-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Miami Univer- 
sity of Ohio, 1961; M.S.W., University of Pittsburgh, 1963; Ph.D., Union Institute, 1992. 

Hui-Liang (Jeff) Tsai, 1 988-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Business Administration. M.S. 
(Statistics), Florida State University, 1971; M.S. (Economics), 1974; Ph.D., 1976. 

Richard J. Tushup, 1989-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., St. Vincent 
Seminary; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1977. 

Pamela C. Wallace, 1996-; Adjunct Instructor in Religion. B.A., Capital University, 1978; 
M.A., Lutheran Theological Seminary at Gettysburg, 1980; M.Div., 1995. 

R. Gordon Wise, 197 3-; Adjunct Professor of Art. Ed.D., University of Missouri, 1970. 

Christina G. Wolfe, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in History. M.A., The University of Pitts- 
burgh, 1992. 

163 



Adjuncts in Medical Technology 
Jersey Shore Medical Center: Medical Director, Martin Krummerman, M.D.; Program 
Director, Perla Simmons, M.P.A., M.T.(ASCP),S.H. 

Lancaster General Hospital: Medical Director, James T. Eastman, M.D.; Program Director, 
Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., M.T.(ASCP) 

Polyclinic Hospital ofHarrisburg: Director, Frank R. Rudy, M.D. ; Program Director, Marcy 
Anderson, M.S.. M.T.(ASCP) 



Lebanon Valley College has educated students since 1866. 

164 



COLLEGE SUPPORT STAFF 

Deborah L. Atkins Development Office 

Susan R. Aungst Library 

Phyllis C. Basehore President of the College Office 

Barbara E. Batz Chemistry and Physics Departments 

Crista A. Bernat Suzanne H. Arnold Gallery 

Marilyn E. Boeshore Alumni Office 

Donna L. Brickley Computing and Telecommunications Office 

Jo Lynn Brummer Annual Giving Office 

Judy E. Burger Humanities Departments and General Education 

Vicki J. Cantrell Financial Aid Office 

Monika Edwards Continuing Education Office 

Candice Falger Science Education Partnership Office 

Chris M. Firestone Arnold Sports Center 

Julie R. Forester Business Office 

Beverly J. Gamble Student Services Office 

Cheryl A. George MediaCenter 

Susan M. Greenawalt Continuing Education Office 

Ernestine R. Hanney Continuing Education Office 

Nancy J. Hartman Business Office 

Lucille E. Harvan College Relations Office 

Pamela S. Hillegas Athletic Office 

Alice L. Kohr Student Services Office 

Constance W. Kershner Development Office 

Charlene R. Kreider Advancement Office 

G. Roz Kujovsky Chaplain's Office 

Deborah L. Lerchen Administration Office 

Rose E. Livingston Arnold Sports Center 

Karen R. McLucas Admission Office 

Gwendolyn W. Pierce Administration and Controller Offices 

Cindy A. Plasterer Admission Office 

Christine M. Reeves Development Office 

Shirley C. Ritter Print Shop and Mail Services 

Sally A. Rivera Biology and Psychology Departments 

Ann Safstrom Music Department 

Denise D. Sanders Business Administration and Humanities 

Denise N. Smith English, International Programs. Pohtical Science, Economics. Sociology 

Patricia A. Schools Career Planning and Placement Office and Student Activities 

Jacqueline F. Showers Telephone Console Attendant 

Gloria J. Shutter Libran. 

Barbara A. Smith Senior Vice President and Dean of the Faculty OtTice 

Ingeborg M. Snoke Development Office 

Jay L. Sorrentino Athletic Equipment Manager 

Andrea Stone Mathematical Science Department 

EUaK. Stott Library 

Pamela J. Stoudt Library 

Linda L. Summers Registrar's Office 

Bonnie C. Tenney Buildings and Grounds Office 

Nancy J. Waite Education Depanment 

Beverly Yingst Arnold Sports Center 

Susan B. Zearing Admission Office 

165 



THE THOMAS RHYS VICKROY 
DISTINGUISHED TEACHING AWARDS 

The Vickroy Award recipient, who must be a full-time member of the college faculty, is 
selected by the president of the college after appropriate consultation with alumni, students, 
faculty and staff. The Vickroy Award replaces the Lindback Award which was presented 
through the 1993 academic year. 

Previous Awardees 

1985 Leon E. Markowicz, Ph.D., Professor of English 

1986 Carolyn R. Hanes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology and Social Work and 
Leadership Studies 

1987 Donald E. Byrne, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

1987 Mark A. Townsend, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences 

1988 William H. Fairlamb, Mus.B., Professor of Music 

1989 Paul L. Wolf, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

1990 Owen A. Moe Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

1991 Scott H. Eggert, D.M.A., Associate Professor of Music 

1992 Gary Grieve-Carlson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English 

1993 Diane M. Iglesias, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish 

1994 Sidney Pollack, Ph.D., Professor of Biology and Barbara S. Wirth, M.B.A., 
Assistant Professor of Accounting 

1995 David L Lasky, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 

1996 James W. Scott, Ph.D., Professor of German 

1997 Howard L. Applegate, Ph.D., Professor of History and American Studies 

THE NEVELYN J. KNISLEY 
AWARD FOR INSPIRATIONAL TEACHING 

In 1988, Lebanon Valley College created an award for part-time and adjunct members of the 
college faculty similar to the philosophy of the Vickroy Award. The first awardee was 
Nevelyn J. Knisley. After the presentation of the first award, the president of the college 
named this series of awards for Mrs. Knisley in recognition for her twenty-four years of 
inspired teaching in music. 

Previous Awardees 

1988 Nevelyn J. Knisley, M.F.A., Adjunct Associate Professor of Music 

1989 Carolyn B. Scott, B.A., Adjunct Instructor in French 

1990 Michael J. Asken, Ph.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology 

1991 Joanne Cole Rosen, B.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

1992 Kevin B. Pry, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of English 

1993 Thomas M. Strohman, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Music 

1994 Timothy M. Dewald, M.Div., Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences 

1995 Leonie Lang-Hambourg, M.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of German 

1996 Cynthia R. Johnston, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry 

1997 Richard J. Tushup, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 

166 



ACCREDITATION 

Lebanon Valley College is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the Middle 
States Association of Colleges and Schools. 

Lebanon Valley College is also accredited by the Pennsylvania Department of Education, the 
National Association of Schools of Music and the American Chemical Society. 

Lebanon Valley College is on the approved list of the Regents of the State University of New 
York and of the American Association of University Women. 

Lebanon Valley College is a member of the following: American Association of Colleges; 
National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities; Pennsylvania Foundation 
for Independent Colleges; College Entrance Examination Board; College Scholarship 
Service; Council of Independent Colleges; National Collegiate Athletic Association; Middle 
Atlantic States Collegiate Athletic Conference; Penn-Mar Athletic Conference; Central 
Pennsylvania Field Hockey Association; Eastern College Athletic Conference. 

NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY 

Lebanon Valley College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national and ethnic 
origin, sex, age, religion, sexual preference, or handicap. 

STUDENT RETENTION 

Detailed information on student retention and graduation rates is available in the Office of 
the Registrar. 



Production of this catalog is under the direction of the Registrar's Office. Informa- 
tion included is correct as of the date of publication. Unexpected changes may occur 
during the course of the academic year; therefore, the listing of a course or program 
in this catalog does not constitute a guarantee or contract that the particular course 
or program will be offered during a given year. 

* All information is correct as of August 1, 1997. 



167 



CAMPUS MAP 




10. 

11. 

12. 
13. 



ACADEMIC & ADMINISTRATIVE QUADRANGLE 
Humanities Center and Administrative Offices: Academic 
Departments: English Department, Foreign Languages Depart- 
ment, History & American Studies Department, Political Science 
& Economics Department, Religion & Philosophy Department, 
Sociology & Social Work Department. Administrative Ojfices: 
Business Office, Vice President & Controller, Continuing Educa- 
tion, Copy Center, Mail Room, MBA Office, Media Services, 
President, Registrar, Secretary of the College, Security & Safety, 
Telephone Services, Senior Vice President & Dean of the Faculty, 
Vice President for Administration 

Blair Music Center: Music Department, Education Department, 
Lutz Recital Hall, Music Recording Technology Studios 
Miller Chapel: Chaplains' Office, Chapel, Classrooms 
Lyncii Memorial Hall: Intercollegiate Athletics, EmmettC. Roop 
Management Department Wing, William H. Lodge Mathematical 
Sciences Center, Computer Services Department, Lynch Gym 
Maintenance Shops 

Garber Sciences Center: Biology Department, Chemistry De- 
partment, Physics Department, Psychology Department 
Vernon and Doris Bishop Library 
Carnegie Building: Admission and Financial Aid 
Laughlin Hall Advancement Offices: Alumni Programs, Annual 
Giving, College Relations, Development, Planned Giving 
Wagner House: Student Services Offices 
Friendship House: Residence Hall 
Pencil Building: Art Department 
Derickson Hall A and B: Student Apartments 



20. Silver Residence Hall 

21. North College Residence Hall 

22. Shroyer Health Center 

23. Sheridan Avenue Residence Hall 

24. Centre Residence Hall 

ARNOLD SPORTS & RECREATION COMPLEX 

25. Edward H. Arnold Sports Center: Indoor Track, Pool, 
Recreational Facilities, Physical Education 

26. Henry & Gladys Arnold Field 

27. Soccer Field 

28. Baseball Field 

29. Hockey Field 

30. Tennis Courts 

31. Softball Field 

OTHER FACILITIES 

32. Kreiderheim: Guest and Conference Facility 

33. Benjamin Cantor Entrance 

34. South Campus Entrance 

35. Bollinger Plaza 

36. Heating Plant 

37. Annville United Methodist Church 

38. The Suzanne H. Arnold Gallery: Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery, 
Zimmerman Recital Hall 

39. Maintenance Offices 

40. Frank Aftosmes House: Middle Atlantic Conference 
50. Henry and Gladys Arnold Field 



RESIDENTIAL QUADRANGLE 

14. Allan W. Mund College Center: Conference Services, Dining 51. 
Halls, Leedy Theater, Student Activities Offices, Career Planning 52. 
& Placement, College Store, WLVC 53. 

15. Mary Capp Green Residence Hall 54. 

16. Vickroy Residence Hall 55. 

17. Kcister Residence Hall 56. 

18. Hammond Residence Hall 57. 

19. Funkhouser Residence Hall 58. 



PARKING LOTS (41 - 49) • AREA STREETS 
Heisey Road 
To U.S. 22, 1-81 and 1-78 
Sheridan Avenue 
To Palmyra and Hershey 
North White Oak Street/PA 934 
To Lebanon and Reading 
Main Street/U.S. 422 
College Avenue 



168 



INDEX 



Academic dishonesty policy 

undergraduate 16 

graduate 130 

Academic procedures 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 129 

Accounting program 

courses 36 

department 36 

faculty 44 

Accreditation 167 

Actuarial science program 

courses 77 

department 77 

faculty 83 

Admissions 

undergraduate full-time 4 

undergraduate part-time 5 

continuing education 5 

graduate 129 

Administration 144 

Advanced placement 12 

Allied health science 

cooperative program 23 

American studies program 

courses 71 

department 71 

faculty 76 

Art program 

courses 28 

department 28 

faculty 29 

Associate degrees 7 

Attendance policy 1 1 

Auditing policy 10 

Baccalaureate degrees 7 

Biochemistry program 

courses 33 

requirements 33 

Biology program 

courses 30 

department 30 

faculty 34 

Business program 

courses 39 

department 36 

faculty 44 

Calendar 172 

Certificate programs 5 

Challenge examinations 13 

Chemistry program 

courses 48 

department 47 

faculty 50 

CLEP 13 

College support staff 165 



Communication program 

courses 59 

department 58 

faculty 62 

Computer science program 

courses 79 

department 77 

faculty 83 

Concurrent courses 1 1 

Cooperative programs 23 

Courses, undergraduate 

concurrent 11 

external 11 

repetition of 1 1 

descriptions 28 

Courses, graduate 129 

Credit for life experience 14 

Criminal justice courses Ill 

Degrees 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 129 

Dean's list 15 

Departmental honors 16 

Diploma programs 5 

Economics program 

courses 109 

department 106 

faculty 1 1 1 

Education program 

courses 52 

department 52 

faculty 56 

Elementary education program 

courses 53 

department 52 

faculty 56 

Engineering cooperative 

program 23 

English program 

courses 59 

department 58 

facultv 62 

Environmental studies 

cooperati\e program 23 

External summer courses 1 1 

Faculty 151 

Finances, student 4 

Fine arts courses 21 

Foreign languages program 

courses 64 

department 64 

faculty 69 

Foreign study opportunities 27 

Forestry cooperati\ e 

program 23 



169 



French program 

courses 65 

department 64 

faculty 69 

General education program 

courses 19 

requirements 19 

Geography courses 56 

German program 

courses 66 

department 64 

faculty 69 

Grade point average 14 

Grading system 14 

Graduate programs 129 

academic policies 129 

concurrent courses 130 

financial aid 131 

grading system 130 

privacy of student records 131 

refund policy 130 

review procedure 130 

time restriction policy 130 

transfer policy 129 

withdrawal policy 131 

Graduation honors 15 

Graduation requirements 

undergraduate 8 

graduate 132, 137 

Health care management program 

courses 42 

requirements 42 

Health professions 

cooperative programs 24 

History program 

courses 72 

department 71 

faculty 76 

Honors 

departmental 16 

graduation 16 

Hotel management program 

courses 42 

department 36 

faculty 44 

In-Absentia 12 

Independent study 26 

Individualized major 25 

Interdisciplinary courses 22 

International business program 43 

Internship policy 25 

Knisley teaching awards 166 

Leave of absence 12 

Limit of hours 9 

Literature courses 59 

Map of campus 168 

Mathematical science program 

courses 80 

department 77 

faculty 83 



MBA program 

admission 132 

courses 133 

faculty 135 

requirements 132 

MSB program 137 

admission 137 

courses 138 

faculty 139 

Medical technology 

cooperative program 24 

Military science program 

courses '. 86 

department 85 

faculty 86 

requirements 86 

Mission statement 3 

Music education courses 95 

Music program 

courses 89 

department 88 

faculty 96 

Music recording technology program 

courses 95 

department 88 

faculty 96 

Non-traditional credit policy 13 

Off-campus programs 

study abroad 27 

Washington semester 27 

Officers, general college 144 

Pass/fail poUcy 11 

Payment plans 5 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 16 

Philosophy program 

course 119 

department 117 

faculty 121 

Physical education program 

courses 100 

department 100 

faculty 101 

Physics program 

courses 103 

department 102 

faculty 104 

Placement examinations 

undergraduate 12 

Political sciences program 

courses 106 

department 106 

faculty Ill 

Pre-law program 24 

Pre-medical, pre-dentistry, 

pre-veterinary programs 24 

Privacy of student records 7 

Probation, undergraduate 17 

Profile of the college 2 

Psychobiology program 

courses 34 



170 



Psychology program 

courses 113 

department 1 12 

faculty 1 15 

Readmission policy 12 

Refund policy 

undergraduate 4 

graduate 130 

Registration, change of policy 10 

Religion program 

courses 1 17 

department 1 17 

faculty 121 

Repetition of courses 

undergraduate 11 

ROTC 85 

Russian program 67 

Science 

course 50 

Second bachelor's degree 12 

Secondary education program 

courses 55 

department 52 

faculty 56 

Servicemember's opportunity 

college (SOC) 18 

Sociology program 

courses 124 

department 124 

faculty 128 

Social work program 

courses 127 

department 124 

faculty 128 

Social studies program 123 

Spanish program 

courses 68 

department 64 

faculty 69 

Special topics courses 26 

Study abroad 27 

Suspension policy 

undergraduate 17 

Teacher certification for 

non-matriculated students 18 

Teacher certification for 

matriculated students 52 

Transfer policy 

undergraduate 9 

graduate 129 

Trustees, Board of 140 

Tutorial study courses 26 

Veteran's services 17 

Vickroy teaching awards 166 

Washington semester 27 

Withdrawal procedure 

undergraduate 12 

graduate 130 



PHONE NUMBERS 



College Offices'^' 




Academic Offices 


6208 


Academic Support 


6988 


Admissions 


6181 


Business Office 


6300 


Career Planning & Placement 


6235 


College Center 


6161 


College Store 


6313 


Computer Lab (general) 


6067 


Computer Science Lab 


6067 


Continuing Education 


6213 


Dean of Student Services 


6233 


Financial Aid 


6181 


Registrar 


6215 


Safety and Security 


6111 


Vice president/dean of faculty 


6208 


Academic Ojfices 


^i 


American Studies 


6356 


Art 


6015 


Biology 


6175 


Business Administration 


6101 


Chemistry 


6140 


Economics 


6330 


Education 


6305 


English 


6240 


Foreign Language 


6250 


History 


6355 


Mathematical Sciences 


6080 


Music 


6275 


Philosophy 


6130 


Physical Education 


6364 


Physics 


6150 


Political Sciences 


6330 


Psychology 


6195 


Religion 


6130 


Sociology 


6155 



* Area code 717, prefix 867. 



171 



1997 - 1998 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



FIRST SEMESTER 



August 


23 


Sat. 


9 a.m. 




23 


Sat. 


10 a.m. 




23 


Sat. 


2 p.m. 




24 


Sun. 


Noon 




25 


Mon. 


1-4 p.m. 




25 


Mon. 


6:30 p.m. 




26 


Tue. 


8 a.m. 


September 


26-28 






October 


8 


Wed. 


Noon 




10 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 




14 


Tues. 


6:30 p.m. 




17 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 




17-19 








31 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 


November 


26 


Wed. 


3 p.m. 


December 


1 


Mon. 


8 a.m. 




5 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 




5 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 




6 


Sat. 






7 


Sun. 






8-13 


Mon.-Sat. 






13 


Sat. 


5 p.m. 




19 


Fri. 


Noon 


SECOND SEMESTER 




January 


11 


Sun. 


Noon 




12 


Mon. 


9-11 a.m 




12 


Mon. 


1 p.m. 




12 


Mon. 


6:30 p.m. 


February 


24 


Tues. 


1 1 a.m. 




25 


Wed. 


Noon 




27 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 


March 


6 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 




9 


Mon. 


8 a.m. 




20 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 


April 


9 


Thurs. 


9:30 p.m. 






(Friday day classes to be 




13 


Mon. 


6:30 p.m. 




29 


Wed. 


5 p.m. 




29 


Wed. 


9:30 p.m. 




30 


Thurs. 




May 


1-7 


Fri. -Thurs. 






3 


Sun. 






7 


Thurs. 


9:30 p.m. 




8 


Fri. 


Noon 




9 


Sat. 


9 a.m. 




9 


Sat. 


11 a.m. 




15 


Fri. 


Noon 



Residence halls open for new students 

First Year Experience 

Opening Convocation 

Residence halls open for students 

Add/Drop day 

Evening classes begin 

Day classes begin 

Family Weekend 

Mid-term grades due 

Fall break begins 

Classes resume 

Incomplete grades due 

Homecoming Weekend 

Last day to change registration or 

withdraw from a course 
Thanksgiving vacation begins 
Classes resume 
Last day for first-semester freshmen 

to withdraw from a course 
Day classes end 

Reading Day for full-time students 
Reading Day 
Final examinations 
Semester ends 
Final grades due 



Residence halls open for students 

Add/Drop Day 

Classes begin (labs only) 

Evening classes begin 

Founders Day 

Mid-term grades due 

Spring vacation begins 

Incomplete grades due 

Classes resume 

Last day to change registration or 

withdraw from a course 
Easter vacation begins 
held on Thursday) 
Classes resume 
Last day for first-semester freshmen 

to withdraw from a course 
Classes end 
Reading Day 
Final examinations 
Reading Day 
Semester ends 
Senior grades due 
Baccalaureate Service 
129th Commencement 
All final grades due 



172 



Lebanon Valley College Non-Profit 

Annville, PA 17003-0501 Organization 

A 1 1 ^ . _, J POSTAGE PAID 

Address Correction Requested p^^^^ ^^ ^ 

Annville, PA 17003